COLOPHON

PREFACE
ED-OP
EDITORIALS
INTRODUCTION

Architectural Discourse is an initiative by the class of Fifth Yr. B. Arch. (Batch 6) that aimed at
producing research papers by the students of the class. This exercise was done as a part of
Electives, Semester- 10 in the academic year 2019-20. Achieving this journal was a colossal task
as the process began right from understanding how to write a research paper to selection of an
appropriate research question to study on.

In this journal, the students have tried to develop a research paper by scrutinizing a suitable
theme for the same. The theme for the research paper revolves around the students respective
topic for design dissertation or pertaining to their field of study i.e. architecture. The research
papers further provides an insight on the question put forth with analysis and findings to support
the same. Every individual has tried imbibing various requirements or issues related to the
content of their topic in the research paper. The purpose of this study was to unleash the hidden
potential within the students and stimulate their perspective during the working on their thesis.

The name of the book “Architectural Discourse” itself suggests that it is a dialogue, but in the
written form and asks the reader to indulge in the conversation with each study paper. In literal
sense, discourse means written or spoken communication or debate. Each paper aims at
presenting a focused attention on the symptoms of each topic’s distress, and its possible causes
and consequences, opposed to its solutions as a conversation between the authors and the
readers.
TEAM
 An Experimental Outlook On Mind Mapping
Conducted in Viva Schoolof Architecture

Antrolia, Khyati

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Mind mapping as described by Kevin Lynch in the book “The Image of the City” means how people orient
themselves in urban situations by using mental maps. It explains how people move around in cities. In this book, Kevin
Lynch studies and compares three American cities which are Boston, Jersey and Los Angeles. Mind mapping is a way
which explains the extent up to which a city can be read using principles – paths, edges, districts, landmarks, nodes.
These five principles explain the idea of wayfinding in an urban space. An experiment was conducted by four students of
VIVA School of Architecture – Khyati Antrolia, Priyanka Rathod, Vedant Mahajan and Khyati Chheda on the above
principles. In the experiment students were told to sketch the places familiar to them or the ones they have visited often in
the city of Mumbai. These sketches were put on the map of Mumbai where they were located. The sketches were later
analyzed to figure out the way how people remember and move through the city.

Keywords: American cities, districts, edges, landmarks, mental maps, nodes, paths.

1. Introduction
Mind mapping or mental mapping explains how
people move around and orient themselves in urban
spaces. In the book, Kevin Lynch descries city
design as a temporal art which can rarely be
controlled. The city represents differently for
different people. Each individual remembers the
city in terms of its experiences which can be
reversed, interrupted, abandoned or cut across.
Mental maps are an outcome of the field of
behavioral geography. The imagined maps are
considered one of the first studies that intersected
geographical settings with human action. The most
prominent contribution and study of mental maps
was in the writings of Kevin Lynch. In The Image
of the City, Lynch used simple sketches of maps
created from memory of an urban area to reveal five
elements of the city; nodes, edges, districts, paths
and landmarks. Lynch claimed that “Most often our
perception of the city is not sustained, but rather
partial, fragmentary, mixed with other concerns.
Nearly every sense is in operation, and the image I
the composite of them all. This experience is more
than what the eye sees directly or what the ear
listens, it is more of a view to be explored.
Everything that is explored is in relation to its
surroundings and the events happening in the
surrounding which leads to the development of
memories or remembering past experiences in the
space. This is how one remembers the place
through his / her image in memories.
How well people remember the city / urban
space depends on the design of the city in terms of
legibility.
Legibility or the apparent clarity of the
cityscape means the ease with which its parts can
be recognized and ca be organized into a coherent
pattern. (Lynch, The Image of the City, 1959)
2. Principles of Way-Finding
The way people remember a space or find their way
through the city is depended on five principles as
mentioned by Kevin Lynch –
2.1. Paths
Paths are channels along which the observer
potentially or occasionally moves. (Lynch, The
Image of the City, 1959). The path forms the first
part of the image through which the people move.
Most of the people remember the space according
to the path through which they move. Path includes
streets, canals, roads, sidewalks, etc.

Fig 3. Image for districts

Source: Image of the city

Fig. 1. Image for paths
Source: Image of the city
2.2. Edges
2.4. Nodes
Nodes are strategic points in the city in
which the observer can enter and are intensive foci
to and from which the traveler is travelling. (Lynch,
The Image of the City, 1959). The primary
junctions of travelling are generally nodes for
examples circles, roundabouts, road junctions, etc.

Edges are the boundaries between two

phases which breaks the continuity of the phases.
(Lynch, The Image of the City, 1959). The
boundaries are generally elements which represent
the end of something, for example, a shore, cliff or
railway line, etc.

Fig 4. Image for nodes

Source: Image of the city

2.5. Landmark
Landmarks a point reference which the
people don’t enter into but are external. (Lynch,
The Image of the City, 1959). In general it may be a
Fig. 2. Image for edges specific building or a particular sign or store which
Source: Image of the city the people remember and use it to explain the way
in which they are moving.
2.3. District
Districts are medium to large sections
of the city conceived of having a two-dimensional
extent. (Lynch, The Image of the City, 1959). A
district is an element that the people generally
consider themselves to be a part of or inside of
when they are moving through a city. Districts are
another element through which the people
remember their city.

Fig 5. Image for landmark

Source: Image of the city
 The way people remember their city does not Many entries were received in this
depend on one of the elements but all of the above. experiment which were later observed and analyzed
Sometimes it may be just one while other times it according to the above five principles. The number
can be two to three elements in one space. of entries received were more than 100 in numbers.
The way people imagine a space also changes The entries were analyzed by observing the sketch
according to the point of view or the perspective as well as photos and google maps of the location
through which the person is viewing that image of that was given by the participant. Among the many
the city. For example, for a driver, the expressway entries, the following are four samples that were
through which he/ she is driving the car may given by the participants.
become the path which he is seeing the image but
for a person looking it from the sideway, the same
expressway may become the edge of the image.
None of the principles of way – finding
mentioned above can be isolated from the other
principles in reality when a person is seeing the
image. However, when the person tries to remember
that space again, it is rare that he/ she can remember
all the principles clearly. Generally, it is one or two
of the above-mentioned principles that he/ she
remembers clearly and is able to depict it.

3. The Experiment
The experiment was conducted by four members of
VIVA School of Architecture namely Khyati
Antrolia, Khyati Chheda, Vedant Mahajan and
Priyanka Rathod on a walkthrough for the students Fig 6. Sample 1
and faculties of the scool. The students and faculty Location – Yashwant Nagar,Virar
members of VIVA School of Architecture were
asked to sketch a place they remember the best from
Virar to Churchgate. The sketch could be anything
from their vicinity or the place they often visit or
any other famous place. It is supposed to be of a
place that they remember in the first instance when
they think of a place in relation to the city. The
examples of some of the sketches were made by the
people conducting the experiment to show them
what was expected in the experiment. They were
also asked to mention the location of that place and
the sketch was later on put up on the map of
Mumbai.
The aim of this experiment was to find out
how architecture students remember spaces in their Fig 7. Sample 2
vicinity and how they express them. Sketching was Location – Vasai fort, Vasai
used as a major tool in this experiment to express
the spaces and places remembered by the students
and faculties. They were also asked to write the
location of the place and put it up on the map
displayed to better understand what part of the city
the person remembers.
 the most important buildings in the area of Collaba
due to its design. It is one of the prominent
landmarks in relation to how one remembers that
area.

Fig 8. Sample 3
Location – Kanchenjunga, Collaba hills.
Sample 4:
Sketched by – Hasti Bhat
Observation – The BSE building is formed at a
node. The node has many other landmarks directing
to different areas and thus leading to different
paths. It explains how she remembers the area of
South Mumbai.

5. Conclusion
From the experiment, it is concluded that amongst
the many samples received, most of the sketches
were either the nodes and paths through which they
moved on a daily basis like the Yashwant Nagar
circle or important landmarks of the city like Vasai
fort and BSE building. It explains that people
remember the spaces on the above five principles of
wayfinding.

Fig 9. Sample 4 References

Location – BSE building, South Mumbai.
Lynch, K. (1959). The Image of the City. London:
The MIT Press.
4. Analysis of the Experiment
Lynch, K. (1959). The Image of the City. In K.
Sample 1: Lynch, The Image and its Elements (pp. 46
Sketched by – Sayali Ghag - 47). London: MIT Press.
Observation – The sketch is the plan of circle at
Yashwant Nagar. The sketch explains how she
remembers the place particularly by the road which
is the path and the circle which is the node. The
trees around the road represent the edge.

Sample 2:
Sketched by – Shwetabhary Jadhav
Observation – The sketch is of a very famous
landmark in Vasai which is Vasai fort. It is one of
the prominent walls of Vasai fort showing various
arches in stone. This is how the person remembers
this place.

Sample 3:
Sketched by - Shweta Gore
Observation – The Kanchenjunga apartments is
another famous landmark in the city. It forms one of
 Psychological effects of wooden construction on human beings.

Bhanushali, Pooja

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Architecture is a form of human expression. It is evident fact that art, architecture offers an escalation to
human’s deepest unconscious thoughts. Psychology on the other hand has a direct connection to culture, art and
architecture of the surrounding. Appropriate use of material, colour, size, space, capably enlighten the atmosphere
psychologically. Architectural psychology is the interaction between of human beings with the surrounding environment
and impacts of surrounding architecture on human psychology. By understanding more about how people experience the
built form, materials, colour, texture, proportions, enhancement in architectural style and design can be done to achieve
human healing. Over the past few years, evident studies have documented that nature or elements of nature, in both
outdoor and indoor spaces have proved beneficial for human well-being. It is heuristically known that wood can cause
comfort magnification effect on human begins. However, the subject of healing through the wooden construction, much
scientifically based research on this subject is not available. Acquittance related to the psychological responses of wood in
interior have generally focused on three different outcomes: 1) perception of wood, including both visual perception and
tactile sensation; 2) attitudes and preferences (aesthetic evaluation) of various wood products; and 3) psychophysiological
responses toward wood. The aim of the present study is therefore to explore preference of wooden construction in interior
wood use might be psychologically beneficial by reviewing studies that have investigated psychological responses toward
wood.

Keywords: Architecture, and Evidence based design, Healing, Natural Elements, Psychology, and Wood

1. Introduction
In the 10 million years since the mankind have
existed, 99 percent of the human species have since
then evolved and resided in natural environment,
however for about 1 percent of human species has
spent time in an artificial and urbanized
environment after the industrial revolution took a
pace in the country. All the open and natural
environment were transmitted into long concrete
and glass jungles in the race urbanization, without
considering the impacts of urbanization on
mankind. It is considered that the human body is
adapted to a natural environment and hence
presently, human exposed to artificial environment
experience large amount of psychological stress,
increase in nervous activity, blood pressure, heart
rate, and stress hormone. Although, efforts are
initiated to tone down the effect of urbanization on
human psychology, through various initiative
therapies like large amount of urban parks, open
spaces, nature therapy, and bamboo forest walks,
flowers and natural building materials, etc. Were
created as solution to the problem, researchers are
yet to suggest a complete healing. The question
here arises a about how healings could be achieved
in spaces such as workspace, school, and hospital,
where no sufficient time is provided to spent
outside the space. Hence incorporating the
physiological and psychological properties of
nature into the space in built is an important area
for research.
Architecture is a combination of art, culture
and human comfort. Wood as a building material is
one of the oldest material used by mankind. From
wooden furniture’s, building structural systems to
funereal items, wood has been found in various
fields since ages. Pyramids of Egypt, the Horyuji
temple in Japan built in 700 CE, Greensted Church
in England built in 1053 CE and Westminster Hall
in London built in 1399 CE are constructed wood
and are still standing. However, wood has its
ancient roots in all the cultures right from the Stone
Age, it is presently experiencing revival in use.
Since evidence shows viewing nature in both
outdoor and indoor settings has health and
wellbeing benefits for people, it is logical to
examine whether wood, a natural material,
produces similar effects.

2. Related Work
With respect to wooden material therapy, the
original article about the physiological effects of
olfactory stimulation response was published in
1992 by Miyazaki Y, Motohashi Y, Kobayashi S , Fig. 1. Wooden classrooms with wooden furniture, at John
which describe the physiological effects of wood Septum’s Roe Anglican Community School, Australia
Source: Megan
derived stimuli on humans via the main senses.
Early studies on wooden material therapy
investigated the effects of temperature and Resulting to this, few decades ago, architects and
humidity. Presently, experiments based on construction companies were keen to engage
physiological response indexes have been psychologists for consultation in their designing
conducted and results are very much evident on the process conspicuous amongst them is David Canter,
human psychology as well as fitness. the author of many books on architecture,
environment, and people, an architectural
A Japanese study compared the initial
psychologist known for providing consultancy on
physiological response of 14 people sitting in rooms
the designs of offices, schools, prisons, housing and
with either wooden or steel wall panelling. The
other building forms. He began his career as an
pulse and heart rate of each subject was measured
architectural psychologist studying the interactions
every second for 20 seconds whilst facing the
between people and buildings, publishing
panelled wall covered by a curtain, followed by 90
Psychology for Architects (1974) David Canter
seconds with the curtain removed and the wooden
explains the field of environmental psychology,
or steel panel visible. The study found that exposure
analysing, explaining and understanding how
to wooden panels significantly decreased the blood
people interact with the buildings and spaces
pressure of subjects, whilst exposure to steel panels
around them. However, designers lost interest in
significantly it.
applying psychology in engineering across the
A yearlong Austrian study examined 36 high
world and today it is difficult to find psychologists
school students aged 13-15 years old who were
working together with architects.
taught in either a classroom furbished with floors,
Following to which, based on studies carried
ceilings, cupboards and wall panels made of solid
out in Norway, Japan, Canada and Austria,
wood, or a classroom equipped with a linoleum
architects and psychologist Marjut Wallenius, a
floor, plasterboard walls and chipboard cupboards.
Docent and Doctor of Psychology at the University
The results showed significant differences between
of Tampere further documented the research and
the two groups, with students taught in the wooden
hence stated that, “Wood has psychological effects
classrooms. The studies examining the effects of
on people and a similar stress-reducing effect to
wooden rooms and furnishings clearly demonstrate
nature.” Wallenius added that touching a wooden
that the presence of wood has positive
surface gives people a feeling of safety and being
physiological effects, lowering blood pressure heart
close to nature. It is especially interesting that the
rate and stress responses when compared to other
feel of wood is softer than other materials, not only
material types.
experientially but also physiologically.
 Changes of mood such as their emotional
states are at the same time manifested in bodily
changes. For example, stress is not only an
experience. It is also a large number of
physiological and cognitive changes. Autonomous
nervous system indicators such as fluctuation in
heart rate also reflect the balance of a person’s
system more broadly. Natural wood tones are
become increasingly effective in office
environments. According to Dr. Marjut Wallenius
of the University of Tampere, Finland, the use of
wood in service centres for the elderly and in
hospital construction promotes health and well-
Being. Other studies have shown that wood
dramatically reduces stress levels in students.
According to Wallenius, classrooms with whole-
wood interiors, the morning stress peak – measured
as a variation in pulse rate – subsided soon after
arriving at school and did not rise again. In a normal
classroom, a mild level of stress in pupils continued
throughout the day.
“But the favourable effects of wood cannot
be duplicated with imitation wood. Physiological
measurements have shown that the quality of sleep
and recovery from stress are better in a room with
wood that one with imitation wood,” said
Wallenius.
Fig. 2. Office space with wooden furniture
Source: DG Interiors
Fig. 3.Results for the survey of people’s response on different
materials.
Source: Yumpu Wood
3. Conclusion
Wood has neutered into a complete different era
wherein extraordinary structures can be created
with good designs and modern engineering.
Healthy and positive environments can be created
by incorporating nature or natural elements in the
design. Timber cannot just provide good aesthetics
to the structures but also provide reflection of
nature’s shapes and forms, indeed creating healthier
environments through its presence only.
The use of wood in the interior of a building
has clear physiological and psychological benefits
that mimic the effect of spending time outside in
nature. The feelings of natural warmth and comfort
that wood elicits in people has the effect of
lowering blood pressure and heart rates, reducing
stress and anxiety, increasing positive social
interactions and improving corporate image.
These benefits are particularly important for
environments where it is difficult to incorporate
nature indoors, such as hospitals where strict health
and safety guidelines may prevent the presence of
plants, and office environments where views from
the window are of roads and neighbouring concrete
buildings. Responsibly sourced timber has clear
health and happiness benefits, as well as being a
weapon in the struggle against climate change by
both storing carbon and eliminating emissions.
Wood is one of the oldest and most versatile
building materials used by humanity but it also has
a large part to play in the future of health and
housing.
Architecture a symbolic and intentional endeavour
seems to reflect the psychology of its designers
regardless of time, culture and perhaps even
species. Space, form, and light are elements that
are often incorporated either purposefully of
unconsciously for aesthetic or practical reasons but
more pointedly give creatures meaning, purpose
and stability amidst an ever changing physical
universe of seeming chaos.

References

Burnard, M. D., 2019. Human stress responses in

office-like environments with wood furniture.
4 SEPTEMBER, p. 5.
Harumi Ikei, C. S. &. Y. M., 10YH DECEMEBR
2016. Physiological effects of wood on
humans: a review. [Online]
Available at:
https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s100
86-016-1597-9
Harumi Ikei, C. S. &. Y. M., 10 december 2016.
Physiological effects of wood on humans: a
review. [Online] Available at:
https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s100
86-016-1597-9
Harumi Ikei, C. S. &. Y. M., 10 december 2016.
Physiological effects of wood on humans: a
review. [Online] Available at:
https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s100
86-016-1597-9 [Accessed 15 OCTOBER 2019].
Research, p. A. N. R., 2015. Wood- ature inspired
design, australia: s.n.
Viljakainen., M. L. A. M., 2018. Using wood as a
construction material found to have positive
effects on well-being. 21 SEPTEMBER, p. 2.
Wallenius, M., 2016. Wood construction
Reduces stress and offers a
Healthy living environment. P. 2.
 Zero energy structures- an essential step for
ensuring a sustainable future.

Cerejo, Saurabh

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: This research paper emphasizes on the issues created due to high energy used in buildings over the past and
how that has adversely affected our environment. This paper also focuses on the various possibilities that can be applied to
inculcate the quality of a low or zero energy concept within the structures being built today and in future. This includes the
technologies and materials that can be used to achieve this goal. Anything apart from this is beyond the scope of this
research paper.

Keywords: Zero energy, Energy efficiency, Sustainability, technology, Green architecture

1. Introduction
Since the evolution of man from Stone Age to
modern day man there has been a constant need of
energy. This need for energy was crucial for driving
the wheel of evolution and it was soon realized by
man that he needed to source this energy from
nature. Be it heat from fire to protect himself from
freezing weather or to cook his meals. Since that
day humans have been on a hunt to harness energy
from various sources readily available in nature. As
the technology evolved the need for use of energy
increased .Discovery of electricity became
paradigm altering and there was a sudden change
seen in the mode of energy being used. Age of
industrialization was engineered due to this and
technological advancements were boosted. This
change can be felt in all major sectors such as
industries, auto motives, as well as construction.
Earlier electricity was initially generated with the
help of fossil fuels due to its available in abundance
but later as it is a nonrenewable source of energy it
slowly started getting depleted. Generating
electricity from fossil fuels not only resulted in its
depletion but adversely affected nature by emission
of hazardous effluents generated during the process.
All this culminated to a major issue that is global
warming which our earth is currently suffering.
Hence to preserve our earth for a longer time it is
important to reduce the carbon footprint which is
impacted upon nature due to excessive use of
energy. Construction industry is said to be a
consumer of a major chunk of total energy
generated worldwide. Around 30 % of the total
energy generated is consumed by buildings and
impact caused on nature by this is huge. Hence we
need to design such structure that reduce total
energy consumption either by harnessing natural
means of comfort within our structures like cross
ventilation , designing according to sun and wind
directions , creating shaded zones to prevent
overheating of ground or by generating the same
amount of energy as consumed by a structure.
2. Concept of zero energy structure
Zero-energy building (ZEB), also called net zero-
energy building, any building or construction
characterized by zero net energy consumption and
zero carbon emissions calculated over a period of
time.(“zero-energy building | Materials, Technology,
& Features,” n.d.) Characterizing the energy demand
of a building involves the initial identification of
specific energy end uses involved including lighting,
space heating and cooling, ventilation, water heating,
refrigeration, and others such as mechanical and
computing systems. (Habash et al., 2014)
3. Advantages of zero energy buildings
According to the research, some common design
characteristics found that help to create a spiritual
experience are as follows:
3.1. Increased comfort due to more uniform interior
temperature.
3.2. Extra cost is minimized for new construction
compared to an afterthought retrofit.
3.3. Reduced requirement for energy austerity.
3.4. More scalability and reliability of the design
procurement and construction process leads to less
time frame for the project. Thus, the financing cost
is less.
3.5. The fabrication of the housing is much faster
than conventional housing leading to quick project
implementation and a faster move-in for the target
users.
3.6. Use of technologies for energy, waste and
water efficiency can lead to monetary benefits over
life cycle of the project other than the intangible
benefits.
3.7. Higher resale value as potential owners
demand more zero net energy buildings than
available supply.
3.8. Future legislative restriction, and carbon
emission, taxes/ penalties may force expensive
retrofits to inefficient buildings.
3.9. These are designed with so many energy
efficient features, thicker walls and triple panned
windows that it can create as much energy from its
solar collector as the home uses over the course of a
year – resulting in a zero net energy bill.
3.10. Using standardized building technique and
energy cost modelling these buildings can be very
affordable to build.
5. Methods of achieving zero energy
concept
(Badarayani et al., 2015)
5.1. Energy Efficiency - Passive building design
techniques the solar design of the building
integrates a number of measures as: Use of solar
gains for locations such as India, the solar energy
can be utilized effectively if the buildings are
oriented due south. The main building façade
should be south oriented. If this façade is covered
by windows and PV modules in equivalent
proportions, then a large glazing area is achieved.
This glazing area (nearly 46% of the south façade)
interacts directly with the rooms which are
permanently occupied and provide natural light and
heat to these spaces. While designing the building,
consideration of the winters is also taken by taking
into account factors such as location, size and
orientation (south) of the building.
5.2. Louver shading device - A louvered shading
device when placed in the south east façade of the
building blocks the sun gain in summer and also
allows wind to pass through it and cool the area.
The shading is designed in such a way that it blocks
the sun in summer and yet allows it to enter during
the winter.

4. Dis-advantages of zero energy building

4.1. Initial cost can be higher – effort required to
understand, apply, and qualify for ZEB subsidies.
4.2. Very few designers or builders have the
necessary skills or experience to build net zero
energy buildings.
4.3. Climate – specific design may limit future
ability to respond to rising or falling ambient
temperatures (Global Warming). Fig 1. Adjustment of louvers according to season
4.4. Without an optimized thermal envelope Source: Badarayani et al., 2015
embodied energy and resources usage is higher than
needed.
5.3. Green Roofing - Green roofing can be defined
as the building roof covered by grasses or plants
which lie over a waterproof membrane. It is
regarded as the best method of insulation for a roof.
Studies show that roof is one of the main solar heat
gain areas in the building. So introducing green
roofing will lead to reduction in heat conduction to
the interior of the building. It will also be beneficial
as for producing oxygen for the environment,
reducing air temperature, etc.
5.4. Natural Lighting and Natural Ventilation -
the central skylight has to be the fundamental light
distributor. Thus its location and dimension play an
important role. As also the vents in the doors which
communicate from north and south spaces to the Fig 2 – indirect radiant cooling
corridor and the glazing areas over the entire Source - Badarayani et al., 2015
building envelope. The adoption of these features in
the building design drastically reduces the electric 5.8. Core Sun Lighting System - Core sun lighting
light consumption of the building. The natural system is an alternative method for the illumination
ventilation is provided with the help of cross wind of the building. In comparison to the large glazing
via openings in façade and roof level. areas which provide the illumination only for the
5.5. Integrated Photovoltaic - Thermal In addition perimeter of the building, a core sun lighting
to the direct solar gains through the windows, IPVT system can effectively distribute the light over a
system integrated in the south façade of the wide area up to the core of the building. It consists
building can improve the indoor climate. During the of two components: a sunlight collector which
heating season, in the daytime hours the heat tracks the sun with the help of a motorized
released in the process of converting solar energy to component and redirects this sunlight to a desired
power can be successfully recovered and also in location, and light guides which guide the
winters, the air can be heated and circulated in the distributed light throughout the building. These
room by the IPV-T. This air can reach temperature collectors are installed above the windows on the
as high as 300 C. façade where maximum sunlight is available. This
5.6. Insulation - Passive design must include system is able to offset the electrical illumination to
insulation to reduce heat loss or gain throughout the a considerable extent.
building envelope. Insulation acts as a barrier to the 5.9. Passive Downdraught Evaporative Cooling
heat flow. Thus it prevents the heat loss from the System (PDEC) -Nearly 50% of the total energy
room during winter and the heat gain into the room consumed is utilized for space cooling purposes in
during summer. Hence, it helps to maintain the room buildings. In earlier times when the energy was not
cool during summer and warm during winters. available in the form of electricity, building
Insulation is used in walls, ceilings and floors. designers relied on the natural ways of ventilation
5.7. Indirect Radiant Cooling - Another method of the building. The use of sustainable solutions for
for effectively reducing the temperature of the roof these purposes can lead to energy savings and also
is radiant cooling. The radiant cooling occurs due to alleviate the environmental, social and economic
the net emission of electromagnetic waves from problems. PDEC is a cost-effective, energy
warm to cool objects. The process continues until efficient.
both the objects reach the same temperature. A
metallic plate radiator with an air space above it can
be used. Thus the air is cooled by the long wave
radiation entering through the roof in the heat
exchanger (i.e. radiator). This air is then used to
cool the room space.

Fig 3. PDEC cycle
Source: Badarayani et al., 2015
Alternative to the conventional air-
conditioning for the new buildings. It is based on
evaporative cooling technique. When the decrease
in dry bulb temperature is accompanied by increase
in the moisture content of air, the process is
commonly called as direct evaporative cooling.
PDEC is an example of this process. PDEC system
consists of modified wind towers which guide the
outside breeze over a row of water filled pots. As
the air comes in contact with the water, it gives up
its latent heat and vaporizes and descends down in
the tower and finally to the interior space. It
requires some auxiliary energy for its operation i.e.
energy to operate pumps. Thus it is a low energy
cooling technique. Passive ventilation is a good
technique which would offset the energy required
by conventional mechanical cooling techniques.
6. Conclusion
It is important to understand the implications caused
by our actions on earth. In future use of sustainable
techniques will be crucial for our survival and the early
we realize this the more time we get to make a
difference as to how we design our structures. The
more we reduce the carbon footprint i.e. caused by
over utilization of energy we help developing a more
sustainable future .The techniques mentioned in this
research article can help us achieve this goal.by
reducing a lot of energy required to run our buildings
which will help reduce load we endure upon nature
and ensure a more green and healthy future for us.
References
Aswin D , Suvendu P , Subha R , Phani P , Bishnu
G ,Diptimayee S , Priyanka S ,Anubhab P ,(2018).
“Concept of Zero Energy Building.”
Retrieved March 15, 2020
(https://www.engineeringcivil.com/concept
-of-zero-energy-building.html).
Badarayani P, Anshul S, and Divyesh A, (2015).
“Effective Techniques in Designing Net Zero
Energy Buildings.” 2(8):5.
Cuce E, Ahmet B, Cuce P, (2018). “Low/Zero-
Carbon Buildings for a Sustainable Future.” Low
Carbon Transition - Technical, Economic
and Policy Assessment.
Steven Winter Associates,(2016). “Net Zero Energy
Buildings | WBDG - Whole Building Design
Guide.” Retrieved March 15, 2020
(https://www.wbdg.org/resources/net-
zero-energy-buildings).
Habash G, Daniel C, Peter F, Alec R, Habash
R, and Will N, (2014). “Sustainable Design of a
Nearly Zero Energy Building Facilitated by
a Smart Microgrid.” Journal of Renewable
Energy 2014:e725850. Retrieved March 15,
2020
(https://www.hindawi.com/journals/jre/201
4/725850/).
Chris G, (2015) “Zero-Energy Building | Materials,
Technology, & Features.” Encyclopedia Britannica.
Retrieved March 15, 2020
(https://www.britannica.com/technology/ze
ro-energy-building).
 Reconnecting users with nature: Biophilic Designs

Chheda, Khyati

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Biophilia is a ‘love of life or living systems’. It’s our inherent human connection to the natural world. In an urban
universe of technology and innovative architecture, this key association can now and then feel everything except lost.
Biophilic design is an innovative way to to saddle this fondness so as to create natural environments for us to live, work and
learn. By intentionally remembering nature for inside or engineering plan, we are unwittingly reconnecting; acquiring
nature to our developed world. A situation without nature can negatively affect wellbeing, efficiency and prosperity. There is
a direct correlation between smart space structure and improved well-being and performance. Indeed, even basic changes to
consolidate nature into our spaces can have huge affect how we feel where we work, live, learn, and heal. From working
environments and emergency clinics to urban living spaces and schools, examines have demonstrated that adding biophilic
components to interiors can diminish stress, blood-pressures and heart rates increasing productivity, creativity and overall
well-being. More than 50 examinations around the world, including our Human Spaces Report with analyst Professor Sir
Cary Cooper, have demonstrated the constructive outcomes nature or situations that impersonate nature have on overall
health and well-being.

Keywords: Nature, Bophilic Design, Natural environment, backyard gardens, Transitional spaces, Green spaces.

1. Introduction
“Biophilic design is the deliberate attempt to countries – Biophilia is of ever increasing
translate an understanding of the inherent human importance to our health and well-being in the built
affinity to affiliate with natural systems and environment.
processes known as Biophilia into the design of the
built environment.”
- Stephen Kellert
Biophilia is a ‘love of life or living systems’.
It’s our inherent human connection to the natural
world. In an urban universe of technology and
innovative architecture, this key association can
now and then feel everything except lost. It is used
at both the building and city-scale, it is argued that
this idea has health, environmental and economic
benefits for building occupants and urban Fig 1: Built environment connecting with nature
environments, with little drawbacks. Source: www.google.com
It is a term popularized by American
biologist Edward O Wilson in the 1980’s, when he It means the innate human attraction to nature and
natural processes. It is defined as the inherent
observed how increasing rates of urbanisation were
human inclination to affiliate with nature. Biophilic
leading to a disconnection with the natural world.
design, an extension of biophilia, incorporates
With high rates of migration to urban settings in the
natural materials, natural light, vegetation, nature
developed world and soaring rates in developing
views and other experiences of the natural world
into the modern built environment.
2. Methodology
To study Biophilic designed buildings and
understand how such concepts of designing
buildings with such kind of environment can bring
physical, mental and psychological behavior of
people. To analyze healing environments and its
effect on people, various buildings designed with
such concepts were studied to understand the built
and unbuilt spaces as well as functioning of such
spaces. To understand by incorporating Biophilic
design principles in built structures how humans
can produce inherent connection with nature, also
how positive health and productivity results can be
achieved through that connection.
3. Psychological benefits of interacting with
nature
Despite the fact that humans have lived primarily in
built environments for thousands of years, there still
lives within the human psyche an evolved
propensity to affiliate with living organisms and
natural systems. We still feel the tug of nature in
backyard gardens, street trees, bird feeders, flowers,
or the changing patterns of light indoors as the sun
makes its pathway across the sky.
“I walked through various outdoor natural
settings; I was led to a sense of rightness- a feeling
that, this is where I belong. This developed into an
experience of relief and profound serenity. In the
absence of stress and pressure, I had an inward
bodily sense of myself expanding out into space, as
through the boundary separating myself from my
environment that had become relaxed and
permeable,” Said by Herbert W Schroeder an
environmental psychologist (Schroeder, 2008).
Like every other living being existing on the
plant has been evolved under the care of nature, and
so are humans. We started evolving just like other
animals did within the presence of natural
ecosystem. This means we are also a part of nature.
Humans still respond positively to the natural
environment when they exist amidst the natural
setting, as intensive ‘Biophilia hypothesis’ (Positive
psychology program, 2014).
Human activity and human influenced
environment are in some sense equally the part of
nature. There is a profound shift in how an
individual feels when he/she exists in the natural
setting. According to the TAE theory of Herbert W
Schroeder, Humans are a part of nature while at the
same time; we make ourselves separate from nature
(Schroeder, 2008). All that is a part of nature have
their own intrinsic process i.e. moving and carrying
forward in their own way. That means even humans
have their own intrinsic process. We separate
ourselves by imposing patterns on the intrinsic
process of the natural environment and on
ourselves. Our imposed patterns on nature can
constraint the movement of an intrinsic process of
the environment.
“When my intrinsic process is able to move
freely, I experience the sense of space that is open
and expansive. When my intrinsic process is
constrained, my felt sense of space registers as
constricted and confined” (Schroeder, 2008). Each
and every natural setting has its own intrinsic
process, thus once you are amidst that natural
setting you resonate your intrinsic process with the
intrinsic process of the environment and that is
when you develop a felt sense of natural
environment.
In ways relating to the natural environment
there is basic distinction between Doing and Being
(Schroeder, 2008). Doing is a process of imposing
patterns and being is experiencing the intrinsic
process of natural environment without doing
anything. The important process is to highlight the
transition from doing to being. We need not put in
any efforts for imposing patterns on the
environment; intrinsic process of environment
carries on its own without needing anyone’s
interference (Schroeder, 2008). Probably this is the
reason one experiences relaxation and serenity
when present in a natural setting by just not doing
anything.
As the human population continues to
urbanize, businesses, hotels and apartment
communities around the globe are incorporating
biophilic design to connect people with
environments that promote health and wellness.
While this design concept is already shaking up the
hotel industry, hoteliers can leverage design
strategies from multifamily and residential
communities to effectively create spaces that
enhance the human-nature connection and elevate
the guest experience. The practice of biophilic
design involves the application of diverse design
strategies. These include two ways of experiencing
nature in the built environment: the direct
experience of nature, the indirect experience of
nature.
3.1. Direct experience refers to tangible contact
with natural features:
3.1.1. Light: Allows Direct experience refers to
tangible contact with natural features: orientation of
time of day and season, and is attributed to way
finding and comfort; light can also cause natural
patterns and form, movements and shadows. In
design, this can be applied through clerestories,
reflective materials, skylights, glass, and atriums.
This provides well-being and interest from
occupants.
3.1.2. Air: Ventilation, temperature, and humidity
are felt through air. Such conditions can be applied
through the use of windows and other passive
strategies, but most importantly the variation in
these elements can promote occupant comfort and
productivity.
3.1.3. Water: Water is multisensory and can be
used in buildings to provide movement, sounds,
touch, and sight. In design it can be incorporated
through water bodies, fountains, wetlands, and
aquariums; people have a strong connection to
water and when used, it can decrease stress and
increase health, performance, and overall
satisfaction.
3.1.4. Plants: Bringing vegetation to the exterior
and interior spaces of the building provides a direct
relationship to nature. This should be abundant (i.e.
make use of green walls or many potted plants) and
some vegetation should flower; plants have been
proven to increase physical health, performance,
and productivity and reduce stress.
3.1.5. Animals: While hard to achieve, it can be
done through aquariums, gardens, animal feeders,
and green roofs. This interaction with animals
promotes interest, mental stimulation, and pleasure.
3.1.6. Weather: Weather can be observed directly
through windows and transitional spaces, but it can
also be simulated through the manipulation of air
within the space; awareness of weather signified
human fitness and survival in ancient times and now
promotes awareness and mental stimulation.
3.1.7. Natural Landscapes: This is done through
creating self-sustaining ecosystems into the built
environment. Given human evolution and history,
people tend to enjoy savannah-like landscapes as
they depict spaciousness and an abundance of
natural life. Contact with these types of
environments can be done through vistas and or
direct interactions such as gardens. Such landscapes
are known to increase occupant satisfaction.
3.1.8. Fire: This natural element is hard to
incorporate, however when implemented correctly
into the building, it provides color, warmth, and
movement, all of which are appealing and pleasing
to occupants.
3.2. Indirect experience refers to contact with
images and or representations of nature:
3.2.1. Images of Nature: This has been proven to
be emotionally and intellectually satisfying to
occupants; images of nature can be implemented
through paintings, photos, sculptures, murals,
videos.
3.2.2. Natural Materials: People prefer natural
materials as they can be mentally stimulating.
Natural materials are susceptible to the patina of
time; this change invokes responses from people.
These materials can be incorporated into buildings
through the use of wood and stone. Interior design
can use natural fabrics, furnishings, and leather.
3.2.3. Natural Colors: Natural colors or “earth-
tones”, are those that are commonly found in nature
and are often subdued tones of brown, green, and
blue. When using colors in buildings, they should
represent these natural tones. Brighter colors should
only be used sparingly – one study found that red
flowers on plants were found to be fatiguing and
distracting by occupants.
3.2.4. Simulations of Natural Light and Air: In
areas where natural forms of ventilation and light
cannot be achieved, creative use of interior lighting
and mechanical ventilation can be used to mimic
these natural features. Designers can do this
through variations in lighting through different
lighting types, reflective mediums, and natural
geometries that the fixture can shine through
3.2.5. Naturalistic Shapes: Natural shapes and
forms can be achieved in architectural design
through columns and nature-based patterns on
facades - including these different elements into
spaces can change a static space into an intriguing
and appealing complex area.
3.2.6. Evoking Nature: This uses characteristics
found in nature to influence the structural design of
the project. These may be things that may not occur
in nature, rather elements that represent natural
landscapes such as mimicking different plant
heights found in ecosystems, and or mimicking
particular animal, water, or plant features.
3.2.7. Information Richness: This can be achieved
by providing complex, yet not noisy environments
that invoke occupant curiosity and thought. Many
ecosystems are complex and filled with different
abiotic and biotic elements – in such the goal of this
attribute is to include these elements into the
environment of the building.
3.2.8. Change and the Patina of Time: People are
intrigued by nature and how it changes, adapts, and
ages over time, much like ourselves. In buildings,
this can be accomplished by using organic materials
that are susceptible to weathering and color change
– this allows for us to observe slight changes in our
built environment over time.
3.2.9. Natural Geometries: The design of facades
or structural components can include the use of
repetitive, varied patterns that are seen in nature
(fractals). These geometries can also have
hierarchically organized scales and winding flow
rather than be straight with harsh angles. For
instance, commonly used natural geometries are the
honeycomb pattern and ripples found in water.
3.2.10. Biomimicry: This is a design strategy that
imitates uses found in nature as solutions for human
and technical problems. Using these natural
functions in construction can entice human
creativity and thought of nature.
4. Conclusion
As society becomes ever more dependent on
technology, we’re getting more and more detached
from the natural world. This disconnection has
resulted in a substantial increase in our craving for,
and relationship with, nature and demand for
biophilic design in our homes, workspaces, dining
spaces and even travel accommodations. Research
shows that by 2030, 60 percent of the world’s
population will live in urban environments. So, it’s
crucial that architects and interior designers across
all industries commit to elevating the human-nature
relationship. In apartment and residential
communities, the integration of natural elements
creates an emotional connection for residents – a
calming and restorative environment to relax and
recharge. After studying it has been observed that
the following characteristics are important in
order to create a space which seek connections
with nature.
4.1. Visual connection with nature
4.2. Space and Volume
4.3. Sound, Smell & Touch
4.4. Dynamic & Diffused lighting
4.5. Presence of Water
4.6. Color
4.7. Connection with Natural systems
4.8. Thermal Variability
The above mentioned spatial characteristics
should be amalgamated in creating a space so that
one can escape the ordinary world and feel the
relationship with natural elements.
References
14 patterns of biophilic design. (2014). Retrieved
fromhttp://interfaceinc.scene7.com/is/conte
nt/InterfaceInc/Interface/EMEA/eCatalogs/
Brochures/14%20Patterns%20of%20Biophi
lic%20Design/English/ec_eu-
14patternsofbiophilicdesign.pdf?cm_mmc=
display-_-14-patterns-en_GB-_-website-_-
brochure:
BIOPHILIC DESIGN. (2017, november).
Retrieved
march 2020, from https://living-
future.org/wp-
content/uploads/2016/11/BiophilicDesignE
xplorationGuidebook.pdf: https://living-
future.org/wp-
hmcarchitects.com/news/create-access-to-nature-
through-biophilic-architecture-and-design-
principles-. (2019, 1 23). Retrieved 2 2020,
from hm architects -:
hmcarchitects.com/news/create-access-to-
nature-through-biophilic-architecture-and-
design-principles
Heerwagen, J.
https://sftool.gov/learn/about/580/biophilic-
design. Retrieved from
/sftool.gov/learn/about/580/biophilic-design
B. Smith, “An approach to graphs of linear
forms.
Schroeder, H. (2008). The felt sense of natural
environments. The Folio, pp. 63-72.
 Importance of creating multi-sensory spaces in
healthcare buildings

Cherimal, Ajay

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: The quality of design in healthcare buildings have changed over the time that is from considering structural security
and functional efficiency to including aesthetics and designing according to the physical and psychological needs. A healthcare
building must provide spaces which removes negativity from a person and add elements in surrounding environment that helps
bring positivity in them. In current scenario, healthcare buildings are being transformed into wellness centres, where the spaces
are being designed with healing environment. Over recent years, multi‐sensory stimulation has become a popular approach
and is used throughout the world, which is believed to have a friendly approach.
The purpose of this study is to determine how much effective change in behavior, mood or cognition of patients can be
expected by providing multi-sensory healing spaces and analyzing the Indian Healthcare buildings and comparing them
with International structures to understand their standards and what limits India in creating such spaces

Keywords: Healing environment, Healthcare building, Intellectual and development disabilities, Multi-sensory
stimulation, Physical and cognitive abilities.

1. Introduction 2. Methodology
To study healthcare buildings and understand how
A built environment has a deep impact on
designing the buildings with multi-sensory spaces
perception to identify and experience a particular
space, which brings out the physical, emotional and
psychological characteristics of a person. A multi-
sensory uplifts the spirits of the people proving an
can bring physical and psychological changes in
experience with interplay between the senses which
patients. To analyze healing environments and its
is referred to as the polyphony of the senses, an
effect on people, international healthcare buildings
extension of nature into the person that provides a
are studied to understand the creation as well as
basis from which people can learn to understand
functioning of such spaces. These case studies are
and enjoy the world. The multi-sensory
then correlated with Indian healthcare buildings for
environment has been increasingly used in
comparative analysis of application of healing
Australia, New Zealand and European countries
environments and multi-sensory spaces in India.
under healthcare sector in special schools for the
education of children with multiple disabilities like
visual impairment, children with autism, daycare 3. Application of Multi-Sensory
and treatment centres for cancer, dementia and other environments
general hospitals as well as in public places.
(Freeman, 2008) 3.1. Multi-sensory environment Multi-sensory
environments were evolved from Snoezelen
concept which was developed by two Dutch
therapists in late 1970. The concept was to explore
and to relax the sensory stimulation based on the
surrounding environment. The first sensory
tent that was experimented on certain patients with
intellectual disabilities was filled with effects such
as a fan blowing shards of paper, ink mixed with
water and projected onto a screen, musical
instruments, tactile objects, scent bottles, soaps and
flavorful food which showed impressive results,
specifically patients with self-abusive behaviours.
“Multi-sensory design understands the
difference between shallow and deep; enveloping
and immersive experiences that nurtures us
overwhelming. It opens perception rather than
swamping, it does not drain identity and instead
enriches it in a paced and purposeful way.”
-Charles Landry
Fig. 1. Layering of sensory experiences
Source: Multisensory Experiment of Architecture
Snoezelen is widely used in education as well
as in healthcare for children with disabilities and
other disorders, also for adults with severe
intellectual disabilities. Based on individuals with
severe multiple disabilities, leisure activities are
involved as an attempt to appeal primary sensations
which would be more immediately engaging than
activities based on intellectual pursuits.
Encouraging results have also been shown from
people suffering from mental illness, chronic pain,
acquired brain injury, and stress. Over the past
years, Snoezelen has expanded worldwide with
thousands of installations and international
conferences, and research projects. (Landry, 2006)
3.2. Layering of Sensory Experiences and
Sensory stimulation
The need of multi-sensory environment is
necessary in order to appreciate the world around
us. To experience and feel an environment one
requires continuous stimulation of brain through the
senses. Too much stimulation can make an
environment easily overwhelming as well as too
little stimulation leads to loss of interest in the
surrounding. Thus it is recognized that sensory
stimulation with appropriate activities has a major
impact on our health and wellbeing.
Fig. 2. Snoezelen room installed with sensory stimulation
elements
Source: Mike Ayres Design
People with development disabilities and
older people, also people going through traumatic
phase or sickness in particular are limited in their
physical and cognitive abilities, needs to experience
more of multi-sensory environments, as they may
not be able to access this kind of stimulation by
themselves. Sensory stimulation helps to relieve
stress and to engage in activity which acts as
communication that enhances the feeling of comfort
and wellbeing.
The sensory experiences are achieved
through providing activities or installing or
designing spaces that that boost sensory
stimulation. There are different layers of design in
which you can boost the user’s senses to make him
enjoy the quality of the space. People find a busy
outdoor setting exciting and are more engaged
when walking in a park. Interesting streetscapes
may encourage people to get outdoors more.
Different seating position and furniture stimulates
head and arm movements. Quiet spaces formed by
storm porches, door recesses, squares and parks can
provide a buffer or refuge from a noisy street, vital
for acoustic sensitivity or certain mental health
conditions. Responsive street furniture could
provide dropdown chairs for those in need of a rest
and can reduce street clutter. Materials and objects
featuring various surfaces, texture and feel,
temperature stimulates the senses of touch.

Fig. 3. Interior of a dementia care with visual and tactile
sensory installation
Source: Sunbeam Centre
Installing light, images, colour and material
of various optical qualities, reflective or transparent
helps in differentiating between various visions.
Smellscape mapping can help to demonstrate the
combination of aromas that make up the identity of
a place like aromatherapy scents and smell pots
diffuser, lavender bag, various material, food,
flowers. The design, shape and materials used in a
space have an effect on acoustics. The warming
climate will increase use of ventilation, changing
the identity of a place, both indoors and out.
Soundscape mapping can identify pleasant and
stressful sounds like birdsong, sea waves and music
instruments. (Reeve, 2017)
3.1 Multi-Sensory Stimulation in healthcare
The design of healthcare buildings are
supposed to provide good service to patients, heal in
the shortest time, provide a peaceful and
comfortable environment for the patient, their
relatives and staff, are much more important due to
the fact that human life is in question.
“Multisensory Design is a much overlooked
approach to influencing how we experience our
surroundings, built environment, through hearing,
sight, taste, touch and movement. Sensory modality
affects and influences how we experience others, a
holistic approach can help mitigate impairments
and promote population health and wellbeing.”
- Wendy De Silva
Healthcare buildings use a variety of
interventions to utilize the theory of sensory
stimulation to create an environment that involves
entire body, which promotes essential motivation
from activities through which they gain their own
reward. Several design elements can support people
with sensory impairments like dementia, sight and
hearing loss and balance conditions. Use of healing
environments along with new technology, could
hugely improve our understanding of how we
experience a particular space. Collaborative design
with different patients is enabling researchers to
promote wellbeing of people by encouraging them
to stay active.
Fig. 4. Healing environments in interiors of Healthcare
building
Source: Mayo Clinic Health System
The stimuli present in multi-sensory
environments allow the patient to experience
various sensory experiences through the visual,
olfactory, auditory, and tactile sensory systems. The
use of a safely adapted environment is meant to
promote feelings of relaxation for the individual.
The results of a meta-analysis exploring the
effectives of intervention in multi-sensory
environments concluded that this approach has a
positive influence when used as an intervention tool
and recommend that doctors implement this method
in order to achieve relaxation and positive sensorial
experiences for individuals with intellectual and
developmental disabilities One of the main benefits
of multi-sensory environments is the flexibility the
environment allows for the individual to receive the
type of sensory input and the amount of input the
individual desires.
Because of the involvement of sensory
activities, the sensory room promotes smooth
communication and rapport between the patients
and the nursing staff and encourages them to freely
explore the sensory environment; it also promotes
the most appropriate sensory activities in
accordance with the current mood and physical
strength.

Fig. 5. Healing environment using aromatic shrubs and trees in
a healthcare building
Source: Influence of Multisensory Stimulation Environmental
Designs
It is not mandatory to arrange fixed courses
sensors or materials and time, but rather, a respect
for their inner feeling is needed to achieve the most
appropriate healing effect. There is increasing
interest in the use of healing gardens in healthcare
settings to provide therapeutic benefits. Several
themes have been identified relating to reasons for
which people access the healing gardens; benefits
they perceive from spending time in these spaces;
and features and aspects of the gardens that are
most appreciated. The gardens provide emotional
respite through appreciation of the views, being able
to have time out, being in nature, restorative
experiences, and access to outdoor air. (Tsai, 2018)
4. Conclusion
Multisensory environments helps the patients in
cognitive and behavioral improvements; also
slowing cognitive deterioration and achieve
physical and mental recovery. Multi-sensory
environments targets in multisensory stimulation
with intervention of nature, past life experiences,
the memory and beliefs of the culture, and
characteristics of various regions. The interior
design includes permanent and temporary elements
that can be converted according to the needs of
individuals. Multisensory design applied in
healthcare centres are more able to respond to the
needs of different aged people with intellectual and
development disabilities.
Healthcare buildings in India comprises of
hospitals, rehabilitation units, therapy centres and
special care units. Out of which large scale or multi-
specialty hospitals are designed with functional
efficiency and aesthetic elements. India somewhere
lacks in proving healing environments and multi-
sensory spaces because of its perspective towards
functioning of healthcare sector. Small scale
hospitals or therapy units or day care systems are
conducted in a rented place or a bungalow that
accommodates 16-20 patients where the major
focus is medical treatment and care whereas
psychological improvement and healing through
surrounding experiences is neglected. Healthcare
sector in India will improve when the method of
treatment is focused equally on medical as well as
therapeutic means and a patients’ wellbeing is
considered by providing them with physical, mental
and psychological improvements from the disease
by adopting measures like healing and multi-
sensory environments.
References
Alinka. (2010). Multi sensory experiment of
architecture. Retrieved from Sun After
Rain BlogSpot:
Ayres, M. (n.d.). Multi sensory Rooms. Retrieved
from Mike Ayres Design:
https://www.mikeayresdesign.co.uk/explore -
app/multi-sensory-rooms
Claire, E. (2020). Mayo Clinic System. Retrieved
from Mayo Clinic Health System:
https://www.mayoclinichealthsystem.org/lo
cations/eau-claire/services-and-
treatments/emergency-medicine
Freeman, P. (2008). Snoezelen: multi-sensory
healing environments. Retrieved from
Radarboy:
http://www.radarboy.com/v10/blog/snoezel
en-multi-sensory-healing-environments/
Landry, C. (2006). The sensory Landscape of
Cities. In C. Landry, The Art of City
Making.
Ontario, K. (2020). Sunbeam Centre. Retrieved
from Sunbeam Centre:
https://www.sunbeamcentre.com/programs/
Reeve, A. (2017). Multi-Sensory spaces and
Healing gardens in hospitals. Retrieved
from ScienceDirect:
Tsai, S.-Y. (2018). Influence of Multisensory
Stimulation Environmental Designs
 An attempt to understand smart buildings as
solutions to improve energy efficiency in case of
verticalfarming

Duggad, Vinit

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Vertical farming is carried out inside the building. In order to perform these activities, the buildings use
automated processes that control the building’s operations automatically. These include heating, ventilation, air
conditioning, lighting, security and other systems through a building management system or building automation system
(BAS) are designed. These Smart buildings work on sensors, actuators and microchips that collect and manage data as per
the functions and services of the building. The objectives of these smart buildings are to improve the occupant’s comfort,
increase efficiency in operating the building systems, reduced energy consumption and operating costs, and improved life
cycle of utilities.

Keywords: Smart buildings, automation, energy efficiency, vertical farming sustainability, technology

1. Introduction
Vertical farming practiced on an outsized scale in
urban centers holds the promise that sustainable
urban life isn’t only possible but highly desirable
and technologically feasible. With all the
improvements remodeled over the last decade to
make sustainable use of resources, the city can now
choose to become a viable city for environmental
action through technological versions of high-
quality waste management, food production, and
water recycling programs. That way, it can process
all waste sources back into usable resources without
harming the environment. These micro projects of
agro-architecture must be developed
environmentally, socially and economically so as to
use this untapped potential to achieve maximum
food security.
According to the UN report, the world’s
population will reach 9.8 billion in 2050, out of
which 80% lives in urban cities. This will lead to
higher demand of food in the urban centers of the
country. Conventional farming is not efficient
enough to sustain this demand which gave rise to an
alternative solution of vertical farming. (Shah,
2016)
2. Methodology
Vertical farming or high-rise farming is a proposed
indoor, urban farming technology which involves
large-scale agricultural production in multi-storey
buildings. (Despommier, 2018) The production in
vertical farming is carried out in vertically stacked
layers. This practice can use soil, hydroponic or
aeroponic methods. Vertical farms try to produce
food in challenging environments, such as where no
arable land is available or accessible. It is a
powerful farming strategy that mainly uses
advanced techniques such as hydroponics and
aeroponics to produce crops such as fruits,
vegetables and edible mushrooms on an ongoing
basis.
Vertical farming is more than just producing
food indoors, It is a proposed solution to the
pending food crisis our world is facing. Dickson
Despommier describes vertical farming as a process
“whereby a wide variety of products are harvested
in abundance to satisfy even the largest cities
without too much reliance on services outside the
city.” These farms will be able to generate their
own energy, absorb the energy from the sun and the
air, as well as composting spent plants to produce
energy. The water used can be recycled back into
the system, saving a lot of water for personal use. In
this system, one can grow crops throughout the reaction. When a sunburn occurs, it is due to a
year. (Despommier, 2018) range of light at a wavelength invisible to the
human eye. Sun burn can also happen to plants.
(sullivan, 2017)
3. Innovations in Smart Buildings
Smart building connects people with technology for
carrying out the basic everyday activities. It
building includes all the latest technological
advancements and is designed using these
automations for better energy efficiency. There are
various trends in smart buildings such as artificial
intelligence (AI), Indoor air quality (IAQ)
monitoring, virtual building automation system
(BAS), Internet of things (IOT) and many other
services. These improve the working and efficiency Fig 1. Indoor LED lights
of the building and give better results for any Source: Business Insider
process that the building possesses. Plants require
specific environmental conditions for optimal 3.2. Building Integrated Photovoltaic Panels
growth. For a plant to function properly, it must be
grown in the proper climate. Crop destruction is The need to halt climate change has resulted in a
often caused by variations in temperature due to series of legal requirements and regulations, which
radical weather changes, climate change, and will also have an impact on the way we build
seasonal changes. By farming indoors however, one houses. The objective of these measures is to
can create a controlled environment and eliminate reduce CO2 emissions and the calculated primary
such dangers, increasing crop production Plants also energy consumption of buildings as well as to
need light to cope with photosynthesis and produce generate energy from buildings: buildings must be
energy sugars. Using light-emitting diodes (LEDs), turned into powerhouses.
vertical farms provide plants with a more efficient
light source than natural sunlight. Plants are
commonly grown in soil because it provides the
nutrients they require to survive. There are a variety
of ways however, to grow them in a soilless
medium that provides them with sufficient
nutrients. Although plants can grow naturally
outside, there are many situations where conditions
do not suit all their needs. The technologies used
within vertical farms creates perfect conditions year Fig 2. Building Integrated Photovoltaic Panel System
after year in any environment, making it easier and Source: FKI Tower - Adrian Smith and Gordon Gill
producing greater yields faster than traditional Architecture
farming.
The result is a purpose-built exterior wrap
3.1. LED Lights that is both purposeful and distinctive. Benefits
include a reduction of glare and heat gains from
Light energy is essential to the first stage of direct sunlight, while maintaining a high level of
photosynthesis. In nature, light energy comes from indirect light. With the exception of the early dawn
the sun. Light is the reason organisms see colours and late arrival time, the building is able to use the
because light itself comes in a range of different exterior wall geometry to shade perimeter spaces
wavelengths across what is known as the that are usually not filled with sunlight. This gives
electromagnetic spectrum, each wavelength a the building occupants the flexibility to open the
different colour. Humans can only see a fraction of shades and allow indirect natural light. With a
the light spectrum—the visible light spectrum—but maximum lease span of 12 meters, most occupants
what cannot be seen still exists and causes various
of the building benefit from the increasing natural
light.
Fig 3. Building Integrated Photovoltaic Panel System Source:
FKI Tower - Adrian Smith and Gordon Gill Architecture
3.3. Building Integrated Wind Turbines
In today’s time, there have been many
advancements in building integrated wind turbine
technologies that include improved reliability,
improved efficiency at low wind speeds and
reduced capital cost. The turbine blades are now
designed using lightweight materials and
aerodynamic principles, to be sensitive to small air
flow. In addition, the use of permanent magnet
generators, based on rare earth magnets, leads to
lightweight and robust systems that allow low wind
speeds. In this way, electricity can be produced with
wind speeds of less than a few meters per second.
Fig 4. Building Integrated Wind Turbines
Source: Strata-The skyscraper centre
3.4. Pervious concrete and Bio-concrete
Pervious concrete is made up of a mixture of
cement, water, and coarse aggregate, and a very low
amount of sand. It often contains chemical
admixtures. Pervious concrete creates a porous
medium that allows water to penetrate to the
underlying soils.
Fig 5. Pervious concrete
Source: ICPI
A new biological form of concrete has been
developed to hold and absorb rainwater to create
living walls of moss and fungi. This breathtaking,
living façade called biological concrete promotes
sustainable architecture by supporting the growth of
coloured organisms on building surfaces. Many
structures are made of ordinary concrete, which
often has high pH levels and does not allow for
optimal growth.
Fig 6. Bio-concrete
Source: Synthetic Design Biotopes
3.5. Aeroponics
The aeroponic farming system ensures a better
result of your crop, creates small impact on the
environment, has a fast harvest time and gives a
premium quality of food. The technology helps
growing crops without the use of sunlight or soil.
Therefore, it is easy to control the effects of the
harvest. This innovative technique makes use of
smart light, smart aeroponics, smart nutrition, smart
data, intelligent pest management, smart substrate
and smart scaling.
AeroFarms is one such company which aims
to transform the whole system of agriculture by
building and making farms that are
environmentally responsible. They are building
farms around the world to make sure there is
healthy, safe, sustainable and delicious local food
production. They want to grow more plants in a
small area that can bring about food change.
(Aerofarms, 2019)
Figure 7 Aeroponics system
Source: Aerofarms
3.6. Power over Ethernet (POE) lighting
system
Low voltage power is transmitted over existing
Ethernet cables to use luminaries, while high quality
data are sent and collected. Using a Philips
connected lighting system using Power over
Ethernet (PoE) technology in IoT is an ideal way to
meet sustainable goals and recognize the funding
that comes from space optimization and employee
productivity.
Table 1 Features and Benefits of POE
Source: Philips lighting
Features
1. low voltage digital infrastructure
2. Integration of conventional luminaries
into the same network
3. Centralized and distributed architecture
for connected lighting
4. UL924 compliant for emergency lighting
applications
Benefits
1. Installation saving of low voltage lighting
2. Lower the overall design and
construction costs by achieving a
balanced lighting design
3. Reduce installation costs and labour
effort by minimizing ethernet cable runs
4. No need for separate network for
emergency lighting option, use
connectivity to schedule and generate
emergency lighting performance test and
reports
4. Conclusion
Creating or converting a building into a smart
building is beneficial to the owner and the
organizations operating within. These benefits
range from energy savings to higher productivity
gains to environment sustainability. Smart building
strategies can reduce the expense on building
energy services, increase staff productivity,
improve building activities, support sustainability
efforts and enhance decision-making across the
organization. All the research leads to the
conclusion that vertical farms are a strong problem
solver due to agricultural instability. Many
companies, such as AeroFarms, PlantLab, and
FarmedHere, have proven that vertical farms have
the potential to make an impact.
References
Aerofarms. (2019). Dream greens. Retrieved
from Aerofarms:
https://aerofarms.com/dream-greens/
Awasthi, P. (2013). Urban agriculture in India and
its challenges. International Journal of
Environmental Science: Development and
Monitoring (IJESDM), Volume 4 No.
2(ISSN No. 2231-1289), 48-51.
Despommier, D. (2018). Status of Vertical
Farms 2018. The Vertical Farm, 1-75.
future, C. e. (2019). Conserve energy future.
Retrieved 2019, from
https://www.conserve-energy-
future.com/organic-farming-benefits.php
Kwan, L. C. (2017). The future of Urban
Arcology: Towards a resilient City urban
farming machine. Singapore: University of
technology and design.
Shah, P. Y. (2016). Regreeneration. Mumbai.
Singh, N. (2017, june 08). Urban farming.
Retrieved from Enterpreneur India:
https://www.entrepreneur.com/article/295531
sullivan, F. a. (2017). Innovations in Urban
Farming. dublin: Research and
Markets offering.
 Vertical farming: An alternative to outdoor
farming in urban context

Duggad, Vinit

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: In most of human history, farming has always been an outdoor activity. Plants need sunlight to survive, and soil to
absorb water and nutrients from, so it’s no surprise that a traditional farm is an outdoor farm. But as agriculture improved
over the years, farmers gradually realized the benefits of farming indoors. All in all, it allowed certain crops to grow
throughout the year. For another, it kept the crops free from pesticides. Vertical farming is the practice of producing in
vertically stacked layers that involves large-scale agricultural production in multi-story buildings. Vertical farming is not
just producing food indoors in an urban landscape, but it is a proposed solution to the pending food crisis our world is
facing.

Keywords: agriculture, outdoor farming, vertical farming, urbanization, environmental changes, food crisis

1. Introduction
About 23% of the world’s population now
lives in cities, far from farmlands, making access
and distribution of fresh food a daily struggle in
terms of cost, labor and unbearable weather
conditions. Modern agriculture contributes greatly
to the vast range of environmental problems the
world currently faces. Agricultural run-off,
environmental degradation and loss of land,
consumption of fossil fuel, wastage of food,
artificial irrigation and use of the world´s fresh
ground water supplies are just a few of the long list Fig 1. Total Land and World Population
of problems that need to be addressed in current Source: UN FAO, WHO
farming practices if it is to be made truly
sustainable for the future. Hundreds of millions of
people around the world do not have access to 2. Food crisis in urban areas
enough food. As the global population continues to
grow, the global food consequence will need to By 2050, the world population is expected to grow
increase significantly to meet needs of the future. At another 2 billion people, and maintaining it will be
the same time, the value of agricultural land is a major challenge. Due to industrialization and
limited, so it is not possible to meet the growing urbanization, we are losing the arable land daily.
demand by increasing land use. Therefore, to be Scientists say the Earth has lost a third of its arable
able to feed the entire population of the world, and lands over the last 40 years. We don’t know how
continue to do so in the future, you will need to much more we will lose in the coming 40 years.
maximize the food output per land area. The increase in demand for food due to the growing
population and the ever-declining countries arable
land are one of the major challenges we face.
 Despite the fact that urban areas offer better
opportunities and improved living standards, there
are a number of problems that arise in cities from
urbanization. The overcrowding and complexity of
resources, especially water and electricity, is the
fastest. Environmental pollution due to large
quantities of waste generation and excessive use of
vehicles leading to an increase in carbon emissions
exacerbate the effects of climate change. In
addition, the unplanned urbanization problem is not
solved naturally because of the many issues that
impede the process of waste management.
Fig 2. Major cities of India with per capita green space Source:
Landscape urban plan
Rapid urbanization and industrialization in
developing countries also pose major problems such
as air pollution and increasing health risks. The
impact of urban migration due the climate is evident
in the urban heat island effect when the air
temperature in urban areas is much higher than in
rural areas. The urban heat island leads to excessive
use of summer air conditioners thus accelerating the
formation of urban smog. Availability and capacity
to provide high-quality, cost-effective but limited
space in an urban environment is a major challenge.
One of the challenges of unplanned urbanization is
the implementation of master plans with
demarcation of green spaces.
A downside to the large greenhouses is that
they are usually based in remote locations away
from the urban areas. Therefore, products are
sometimes harvested heavily before ripening to
ensure minimal damage at that time, before they hit
supermarkets following packing and distribution.
It would be great if these greenhouses are
close to cities, but this is not always possible
because urban land prices and their demands are
high. The solution to this problem would be vertical
farming, an urban agricultural process to grow the
produce inside buildings or integrated over one
another. If abandoned buildings in cities are
redeveloped into vertical farms, then they can
reduce the carbon footprint generated by delivery
and packaging. Local economy and employment
will rise from these new farms.
Of course, these buildings won’t replace
outdoor farming anytime soon. While vertical farms
are relatively efficient at producing leafy vegetables
and fruits, they aren’t so good at producing cereal
crops. Many architectural firms have designed
several innovative building models that could
improve growing efficiency of vertical farms.
3. Vertical farms and their benefits
Fig 3. Vertical farming (hydroponics method)
Source: Sky Greens
Vertical Farms are modular and can be modified to
fit any structure. Vertical Farms can also feed more
people than conventional farmers do because they
grow 75 times more food per square foot then the
traditional farm. Vertical Farms also uses no
pesticides and no fungicides so the food is healthy
and safe. Vertical Farms also reduce water use
because indoor farms use 90% less water than
outdoor farms, so having a rainy or dry season does
not matter. In-house cultivation can also control
plant nutrients and therefore plant foods are very
healthy. It can grow large amounts of food in a
small area and use less water. 6,500 square meters
= 900,000-kilogram crop. Vertical Farming
methods can help conserve land and rain forests and
provide time for other countries to recover and
replenish excess soil and help reduce their carbon
footprint. Better utilization of existing plants in the
world can feed an additional 3 billion people.
3.1. Advantages of Vertical Farming 4. Comparison between traditional
Having greater output in a small farming area farming and vertical farming
is not the only success of vertical farming. The
following are some of the major benefits of vertical
farming:

3.1.1. Preparation for future:

By 2050, about 80 percent of the world's population
is expected to live in cities, and a growing number
will lead to an increase in food demand. Effective
use of vertical agriculture probably would play a
major role in preparing for such a challenge.
3.1.2. Increased and Year-Round Crop Production:
Vertical farming allows us to produce other crops
from the same growing area. In fact, 1 acre of
indoor space provides for the production of at least
4 acres of outdoor capacity. According to
independent estimates, a 30-story building with a
basal area of 5 acres can produce an area of 2,400
acres of average cultivation. In addition, year-round
crop production is possible in a indoor controlled
environment by vertical farming technologies.
3.1.3. Less Use of Water in Cultivation:
Vertical farming allows us to produce crops using
70-95 percent less water than normal cultivation.
3.1.4. Not Affected by Extreme Weather
Conditions:
Crops in a field can be adversely affected by natural
disasters such as heavy rains, hurricanes, floods or
severe droughts—events that are more frequent due
to global warming. Vertical farms do not get
affected by adverse weather conditions, providing a
greater guarantee of yield throughout the year.
3.1.5. Increased Production of Organic Crops: Since
crops are produced in a well-controlled environment
without using chemical pesticides, vertical farming
allows us to grow pesticide-free and organic crops.

3.1.6. Human and Environmentally Friendly:

Indoor vertical farming can significantly reduce the
occupational risks associated with traditional
farming. Farmers are not exposed to dangers
associated with heavy farm equipment, diseases
like malaria, toxic chemicals and so on. As it does Fig 4. Comparison chart between hydroponic farming and
not affect animals and trees, it is better for maintain conventional farming
the biodiversity. Source: Kwan, 2017

5. Conclusion

Vertical farming is a solution for the future of

agriculture. enabling the cultivation of multiple
crops, in a controlled environment, within large Despommier, D. (2018). Status of Vertical Farms
distributions hubs (such as cities), it benefits the 2018. The Vertical Farm, 1-75.
economies of scale in a way no other farming Kwan, L. C. (2017). The future of Urban
activity can. In the past, many critics have Arcology: Towards a resilient City urban
mentioned lighting costs as a disadvantage to farming machine. Singapore: University of
profitability for vertical farms. But vertical farming technology and design.
can actually be more profitable than a conventional
greenhouse operation. Especially when situated in
major urban centers, and taking full advantage of
the distribution benefits that come with that, vertical
farms can be highly profitable. And when you add
the benefits of automated labor into the equation,
the benefits can be greater still.

References

Aerofarms. (2019). Dream greens. Retrieved from

Aerofarms: https://aerofarms.com/dream-
greens/
Arun Kumar Acharya, P. N. (2004). Population
growth and changing land-use pattern in
mumbai metropolitan region of india.
Caminhos de Geografia, 168-185.
Awasthi, P. (2013). Urban agriculture in India and
its challenges. International Journal of
Environmental Science: Development and
Monitoring (IJESDM), Volume 4 No.
2(ISSN No. 2231-1289), 48-51.
center, T. E. (2016, march 01). The Ecology center.
Retrieved from
https://www.theecologycenter.org/10-ways-
urban-farms-benefit-the-community/
Chatterjee, S. F. (2017, june). World environment
day: Mumbai lost 60% of its green cover in
40 years. Retrieved from
https://www.hindustantimes.com/mumbai-
news/40-years-of-development-cost-
mumbai-60-of-its-green-cover-65-of-water-
bodies-study/story-
ySgLLxkoNbBALP3u28X9TI.html
Chua, J. (2015, october 16). How will we feed 10
billion people? Retrieved from Eco-
business: https://www.eco-
business.com/news/how-will-we-feed-10-
billion-people
David Satterthwaite, G. M. (2010). Urbanization
and its implications for food and farming.
US National Library of Medicine and
National institute for health.
 Architecture Memes Influence on Education and
Changing People’s Perspective

Gala, Darshan

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: In the current digital era where the entire whole world is connected via internet, memes are becoming one of the
most talked about thing, on various social media platform, in between the masses. Memes characteristically include a text
and image, both in reference to one another in a definite way, which creates a new meaning or idea as a whole. They can
help an individual to portray their ideas and thoughts or learn and gain insight into the culture, society, about the people
and far more. This paper aims to look at and understand the method on how the memes play a role in the architecture
education system and it influence on a worldwide level.

Keywords: Architecture, Education, Memes, Text-image relations.

1. Introduction Memes, like drawing and writing, are also a

The term “meme” was initially offered by Richard
Dawkins in his 1976 book The Selfish Gene as an
attempt to explain how ideas replicate, mutate and
evolve. He proposed that the majority of human
behaviours are formed in culture, which are not
inherited by genes but rather from imitating others,
and called these elements memes (according to the
Ancient Greek word mīmēma ‘something imitated’)
(Dawkins, Richard 1989). Thus, memes are non-
genetic behaviours or cultural ideas that are passed
from person to person, and they can determine how
an organism behaves (Davison, P. 2012). Different
from the genetic behaviours, the most
characteristics of memes are the speed of
transmission and therefore the relative fidelity of
form. General, memes refer to all imitated
behaviours or ideas that are transmitted online or
offline, such fashion, language, religion, etc.
According to Dawkins internet memes are
"hijacking of the original idea", the very idea of a
meme having mutated and evolved in this new
direction. The human creativity results in formation
of new ideas and provides a new meaning, to the
original meme, which involved mutation by random
change or deliberately altered to give it a new
perspective or could be read in a different way.
way in which one can express a situation or their
thoughts, they can also be used as a communication
tool to convey a thought as medium for better
understanding of the people or individuals. They
themselves stores a certain information in a
simplest way possible and could be easily read and
understood by the reader.
2. Definition of memes
Memes are principally a text-image based
information almost certainly associated with
humour, where the image may be a still from a
movie, it might be with a dialogue or simply an
expression of actor or a specific motion scene.
Further this image is accompanied by a text or write
up, reinforces or clears the thought behind the
meme or it is also used to change the original
context of the image and relate it to the situation
which an individual want to convey. Details text are
added to make it more clear, simple and
understandable by an individual. Hence this forms
the base for a meme. Similarly variation are added
which depends upon the human creativity and
thinking capacity, this permutations and
combinations results into evolution of the same
meme which results into a better version of
pervious meme or a different way to the express the
same idea or a completely different than the
previous version and it convey the meaning which
is completely not relatable to the earlier meme.
Memes are the shape of pattern and
understanding it depends on person perspective
which varies for each and every individual. Reading
a meme the reader may or might not remember of
the movie still, but the text on the image help him
the understand and relate it with the situation or the
context and therefore the individual by himself
picture up the movie still and read and understand it
almost similar to the original movie scene.
Figure 1. Architecture student sleep issues
Source: Nickelodeon
Taking fig. 1 as an example, the image
describe a situation where the character is walking
up from the bed and to enhance the detail an same
character image is overlaid to create the effect of
dizziness felt by the character. The text above the
image clearly defines the situation faced by
architecture students every day when they get bare
minimum time to sleep and they actually feel a
certain body ache when they wake up. With this
simplest form of representation a lot of information
is conveyed and it is also depends on the reader if
he has experienced this situation of now, cause if he
has the meme tricks the brain and the reader may
actually imagined himself in this situation and could
feel the experience again.
While before the emergence of Internet
memes, emoticons (see fig. 2 as an example) serve
as the previous form of Internet memes were widely
used by individuals. Emoticons can enrich the text-
based communication through e-mails or computer
mediated communication during the early period of
the Internet era and provide individuals’
opportunities to express the emotion that they
intend to convey. Due to the memetic behaviour of
emoticons, namely using and viewing, the meaning
of the emoticons has been extended after repeated
modifications and use. Internet memes, to some
extent, can be seen as emoticons with text.
Therefore, they also possess the same nature as the
emoticons.
Figure 2. Examples of emoticons
Source: (http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U1F600.pdf)
3. Types of memes
There are various types and forms of memes spread
over the internet. A meme are often a sort of image,
a text, a catchy jingle and many more. The major
type of memes include the collection form a single
frame image with text on it or without text just the
image itself. From single frame to multiple frame
videos enhance with text, music and edited to add
to its means or to achieve the desired meaning.
There are also some memes which are completely
supported on the sound or a type of music from an
album or movies. It could also be a real situation, a
movie, an interview, or sometimes an imaginary
drawing similar to comics, cartoons, etc. All over
the internet there are considerably more numbers of
images based memes followed by the videos.
4. Impact of memes
Internet memes are getting universal in networked
environments, and increasing number of individuals
are keen to use this newest sort of online inside
joke. Previous studies regarding internet memes
have investigated several aspects of their use.
Börzsei proposed that the invention of the internet
accelerates the internet memes’ propagation.
Internet memes have already become one of the
foremost widespread modes of online
communication in 2012, and their evolution has led
to many new perspectives on society, culture, and
technology. Nissenbaum, A., & Shifman, L. 2015).
Internet memes provide new inspirations and create
new ideas in several fields (Börzsei, L. K. 2013). As
an example, novel advertisements often emulate.
Political campaigns involve memes against
competitors, and even the traditional media and the
popular TV shows adopt memes to capture the
zeitgeist. Internet memes also function significantly
in the society as cultural capital, as well as a kind of
inherently unstable cultural forms (Rogerson S.
2020). They also function in several unique ways
concerning society, culture and language.
5. Memes and education
Laughter is such a real and authentic human
reaction to finding something funny, and it is also
how to feel enlivened and excited. Feeling excited
is a crucial part of curiosity, and curiosity is one
among the foremost significant aspects of learning.
Humour keeps us engaged and interested; it can also
help us feel like we are part of a community, and it
can help us maintain perspective when something
feels hard. For all of those reasons, humour are
often a tremendous tool within the classroom.
Humour has been shown to increase attention
and interest. According to research by Berlyne
(1972), anything that disrupts expectations or
surprises a person, such as humour, can result in
psychological arousal. This can transform an
inattentive learner into a moderately attentive
learner, which facilitates performance. (Berlyne,
D.E. 1972).
It is often claimed that humour may be a
desirable characteristic of teaching and learning.
Justifications for the utilization of humour include
the promotion of understanding, holding the eye of
students, managing disruptive behaviour, creating a
positive attitude to the topic matter, and reducing
anxiety. Empirical studies of the connections
between humour and learning are reviewed. These
indicate that humour, provided it is not used too
excess, can increase attention and interest and help
for instance to illustrate and reinforce what’s being
taught. It is suggested that the presentation of
humorous material involves skills which can be
learnt through practice and that staff development
programmes should provide opportunities for
academics to accumulate such skills.
Humour elicits a positive effect in learners,
which successively creates a pleasing and enjoyable
learning environment. This will reduce anxiety
about studying difficult subjects. It also can make
learners feel easier communicating in an online or
in-person class. Yet, humour that is used too
frequently or inappropriately might cause learners
to think that a crucial topic is trivial. Therefore,
humour must be accompanied by good judgement.
In his review of forty years of humour
research, Banas (2011) sums it up well, “The
clearest findings regarding humour and education
concern the use of humour to create learning
environment. The use of positive, non-aggressive
humour has been associated with a more interesting
and relaxed learning environment, higher instructor
evaluations, greater perceived motivation to learn,
and enjoyment of the course.” (Banas, J., Dunbar,
N., Rodriguez, D. and Liu, S. 2011).
This fascinating finding relates to the
potential for humour to enhance creativity. During
the creative process, we use divergent thinking to
produce a variety of unique responses that may
seem illogical, adventurous or incompatible.
In two studies by Ziv (1983), the utilization
of humour (reading cartoons and watching
humorous films) resulted in enhanced out-of-the-
box thinking. He theorized this was thanks to the
very fact that humour creates a fun mood and
environment, which inspires unusual responses.
Also, by viewing humorous materials, study
subjects were more likely to model “humorous
logic.” Finally, participants were explicitly
instructed to use humour, which can have triggered
original thinking. (Ziv, A. 1983)
6. Architecture memes
One may positively accept as true with the issues,
negative - positive sides and benefits of a specific
graduation course. The way the bulk of student
react to the education system. It is noticed that this
peculiarity may well be found in many student
within the nation as exact same or similar education
system is followed and also round the world. This
leads to development of the many experiences
within the course and people become aware of
things when informed or educated about it. An
individual would himself/herself realize this when
he or she is presented the idea in the similar format
i.e. of the memes. They not only become aware of
the problem but also on the other hand can enjoy it
as that makes the reader feels that it's supported on
his story or is more relatable to him.
Figure 3. Architecture Student Life
Source: MGM Cartoons
Most of the meme humour is based on the
daily struggle of a student life. It could range from
the tiny trouble like of the printer not working, to
the every semester juries, to the office life etc. This
makes an individual realize that they are not the
sole one affected by this problem, there are more
like them and this problem isn’t so specific that they
entitlement themself. This might even be used as,
and one can find a touch of little bit of
encouragement and enthusiasm after seeing that
problems in humourous ways and will actually trick
his/her brain to seek out the answer.
7. Conclusion
It’s hard to tune out when something is funny. You
simply want to stay watching or listening. If
humour catches and hold attention and if it also
evokes positive feelings inside a person, it would
definitely be a great way of learning and should be
used more often in various education streams. This
paper has discussed about the memes and their
influence of student education and their education
system, how it benefits in providing a new vision
and also on how the education system could be
envisioned in different positive way. This paper
tires to place the facts and bring the importance of
memes among the students and education system.
References
Dawkins, Richard (1989) The Selfish Gene, (New
Edition) Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Davison, P. (2012). The language of internet
memes. In: Mandiberg M (ed.) The
Social Media Reader. New York: New
York University Press, 120-136.
Börzsei, L. K. (2013). Makes a meme instead: A
concise history of internet memes. New
Media Studies Magazine, 7, 152-189.
Nissenbaum, A., & Shifman, L. (2015). Internet
memes as contested cultural capital: The
case of 4chan’s /b/ board. New Media
& Society, 19(4), 483-501.
J.P. Powell & L.W. Andresen (1985) Humour and
teaching in higher education, Studies in
Higher Education
Rogerson S. Poetical potentials: The value of
poems in social impact education ACM
Inroads, Volume 11, 2020
Banas, J., Dunbar, N., Rodriguez, D. and Liu, S.
(2011). A Review of Humor in Educational
Settings: Four Decades of Research.
Communication Education, 60(1): 115-144.
Berlyne, D. (1972). Humor and its kin. In G.
Goldstein and P. McGhee (Eds.). The
Psychology of Humor. New York:
Academic Press.
Ziv, A. (1983). The influence of humorous
atmosphere on divergent thinking. School
Psychology International 1(2): 21-23.
 The Study of Divine Ratio through Interactive
Activities and Analysis of Public Response

Godkar, Samruddhi

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: The divine ratio, 1:1.618 is regarded as the nature’s most astonishing ratio. This single ratio is very prominently
present in some or the other form in every living organism on the planet. Discovered by Leonardo de Pisa, also known as
Fibonacci, the divine ratio also known as the golden ratio, is an irrational ratio derived from the Fibonacci sequence. The
relation between the Fibonacci sequence, the golden ratio, the derivation of golden rectangle and the golden spiral would be
briefed further in the paper. During the fourth semester of the academic curriculum of the B.Arch. program, an assignment
was given based on various theories in architecture for example, the Divine ratio, the Vitruvian Triad, Mind mapping, Jane
Jacob’s Eyes on the street, the Seven Lamps of Architecture, 5 points of architecture etc. which was to be presented along
activities designed for public interaction, participation and learning.
The whole exercise was formulated into a number of sessions and activities wherein the first session was dedicated to
in-depth research of the concept, right from the history to present day applications of the same. The further sessions were
dedicated towards preparations for the walkthrough event and the setting up of the same. The concluding session was an
interactive walkthrough presentation clubbed with informative session, activities for public participation and interactive
learning followed by a gaming activity with an interesting useful reward for the winners and a feedback form or board about
the activity from the public. The entire college was invited right from the students, the faculty members and the non-teaching
staff as well. There was a session conducted in the studio after the entire exercise for the analysis of the user response and
the feedback session after the walkthrough.

Keywords: Divine ratio, Golden Ratio in Architecture, public participation walkthrough, interactive learning

1. Introduction 2. The Divine Ratio

The research first presents brief understanding of
the concept of divine ratio, its discovery as to how
an experiment by Fibonacci leads to the discovery
of the divine ratio. Further the paper talks about the
golden proportions, the golden rectangle, the golden
spiral, its significance and applications in nature and
architecture, about the golden gauge and its
applications and how to make one.
The second part gives a glimpse of the entire
process followed before and during the
walkthrough, the various activities designed for the
setup considering the continuous stream of
interactive and informative activities designed for
public engagement and participation
The concluding session gives reviews and
results of presentations and analysis of public
response.
2.1. The Mathematical history ofgolden ratio:
Fibonacci series
There was a scientist Leonardo de Pisa also known
as Fibonacci. Fibonacci was carrying out an
experimental research on rabbit reproduction.
Considering and assuming ideal situations where a
pair of rabbits, each time to reproduce one pair of
off-springs, a male and a female. Considering that
rabbits mature in a month and again both pairs give
birth to 1 pair of off-springs, same in a continued
ideal situation, assuming that none of them die and
each time the pair reproduced consist of one male
and one female rabbit. Fibonacci started observing
the number of off springs produced on intervals of a
month. The results obtained were as followed:
No. of Months No of pairs Total off springs
1 1 1
2 1+1 2
3 2+1 3
4 3+2 5
5 5+3 8
6 8+5 13
7… … …
Table 1. The results of Fibonacci’s experiment
Source: Author

So at the end of the year he arrived at a

sequence which followed
Fig 1. The Golden rectangle
1,2,3,5,8,13,21,34,55,89,144…... Source: Liber abaci by Fibonacci, redrafted by author

These numbers had a particular pattern being

followed wherein each consecutive number was a 2.3. The Golden Spiral
sum of the previous two numbers. One more
When a continued series of golden rectangles is
interesting thing observed here was that when any
drawn, like the figure on the right, the divisions
two consecutive numbers were divided, a constant
obtained in the diagram are used in the field of
showed up which was the ratio of 1:1.618, known
photography, graphics, architecture, etc. for
as THE DIVINE RATIO. appealing or eye-pleasing composition.
This sequence or the exact numbers from the
The golden spiral is obtained when arcs are
sequence are vividly seen throughout nature. The
drawn considering the side of square as the radius
number of seeds in any fruit, the number of petals
of all the squares inside the diagram.
of any flower is always equal to any of the number
from the Fibonacci series.

2.2. The olden Rectangle

If perfect proportions exist, then it definitely fits in
the golden rectangle. The golden rectangle can be
drawn two ways:
2.2.1. Take any two consecutive numbers from the
Fibonacci sequence. The greater number
considered as the length of ‘a’ and the smaller
number as ‘b’. Now, draw a square with each side
equal to ‘a’ and another rectangle with one side of
the length ‘b’ and another equal to ‘a’.
2.2.2. Draw a square of any length and from the Fig 2. The Golden Spiral
centre of a side, considering the distance ‘c’, as Source: Liber abaci by Fibonacci, redrafted by author
indicated in the diagram as the radius, draw an arc.
Now extend the two opposite sides of the square The steps to construct a golden spiral are:
and draw a perpendicular between them from the 2.3.1. Start with a rectangle that has the Divine
point where the arc intersects the line to obtain a Ratio i.e. 1 X 1.618…
golden rectangle. 2.3.2. Construct a square within it that has sides
This Golden rectangle is said to have the equal to the shortest side of the starting square.
most appropriate and visually perfect proportions 2.3.3. Notice that you’re left with a smaller square
and this b: a ratio is seen quiet prominently whose Longer/Shorter side ratio is 1.61833.
throughout nature.
2.3.4. Construct the next square within it having
sided equal to the shorter sides of this step.
2.3.5. Draw arcs considering the side of square as
the radius.
This golden spiral also known as the nautilus
spiral is seen in a lot of flowers and creatures.

2.4. Golden Ratio in Architecture

It's believed that the Golden Ratio has been in use
for at least 4,000 years in the fields of art and
design. However, it may be even longer than that –
some people argue that the Ancient Egyptians used
the principle to build the pyramids.
Ancient Greek architecture used the Golden
Ratio to determine pleasing dimensional
relationships between the width of a building and
its height, the size of the portico and even the
position of the columns supporting the structure.
The final result is a building that feels entirely in
proportion. The neo-classical architecture
Fig 3. The Golden Gauge
movement reused these principles too. The world
Source: Wright
famous Eiffel tower is also constructed in
proportions of the golden rectangle. The elevational
proportions of the Notre Dame and The Orvieto
Cathedral were also derived from the golden ratio. 3. The Walkthrough event

2.5. The Golden Gauge

The Golden gauge is a tool which is used for
obtaining divine proportions in drawings by
designers. Originally made by Dr. Levin, it is
designed with precisions such that whenever
extended, the middle arm will always divide and
show the golden section point between the other
two arms or divide the segment into the ratio of
1:1.168.
The golden gauge has a wide range of
applications from the field of design, architecture to
the medical field– dentistry for dental aesthetics
and cosmetics.
The walkthrough arranged by the divine ratio
ended with a gaming activity where the winners got
the Golden gauge as the prize.
The following is one of the measurements of
the arms which could be used to make one for self.
3.1. Methodology
To prepare for the walkthrough on various concepts
in architecture, groups were assigned and each
group had to device its own strategies of
presentation and atleast one activity for public
participation.
Because of the presence of a lot of crowd at
all times on the stall, the people needed to be
handled in groups so, the activities were formulated
likewise. We decided to formulate the whole user
experience into 4 parts, the first point was the
explanatory point where one person gave a brief
introduction and explained the whole concept of
Divine ratio verbally and through drawings, which
included the construction of the golden rectangle,
the golden spiral and use of the golden gauge. The
presence of ratio in daily life things was also
introduced for e.g. the rupee notes, the debit card,
etc.
The 2nd point had a pictorial video on golden
ratio running continuously, with self-explanatory
images of the golden ratio.
 The 3rd point had another person with
photographs on a pin board where he demonstrated
the presence of golden ratios in the images and also
demonstrated the proportions present in the human
face and hand using the golden gauge.
The 4th point had a gaming activity where a
number of square and rectangular pieces from the
golden rectangles present which people were asked
to arrange within a set time limit such that when
arcs are drawn through the diagonals considering
the length of the square as the radius, forms a
golden spiral. The winners were rewarded with a
golden gauge.
3.2. Public Response
The audiences for the walkthrough described the
whole walk as an innovative learning experience
and really aimed at winning the golden gauge at the
end of the exercise. Many of them, being
architecture students and faculty were aware about
the concept but still didn’t know it so in-depth and
claimed there was a lot they got to know for the
very first time. Some of them were keen in using
the divine ratio in their designs. The audiences were
all unaware about the golden gauge and wanted it as
it is a handy tool for use during designing. A very
few number of people were actually able to absorb
the given information during the 20 min
walkthrough and could apply the gained knowledge
and arrange the given shapes in order to form a
golden spiral within the set time limit. Overall, the
responses were that the walkthrough was quiet
informative and innovative in terms of activities
designed and the amount of public participation
through games and activities were highly
appreciated.
4. Conclusion
The divine ratio exists substantially in nature,
defines the perfect proportions and the pleasing
aesthetics. It was always clear that nature and its
forms are always desirable for every individual, but
when it comes to design and other man made
things, buildings, products, the likeness factor
seems to differ from person to person. But now that
the sense of desirable and likable proportions is
familiar, designers use the divine ratio and sacred
geometries in their designs to increase the user
group for the same.
The public response towards the walkthrough
exercise learning experience and the activities was
quiet enthusiastic and regarded as an interactive
informative exercise. Most of them keenly
mentioned that they would make use of the divine
ratio in their future designs. Some, who were
already using those, mostly won the activity and
were given the golden gauge as the prize and they
were keener now for designing because now they
had the go to tool for the same.
References
Abu-Taieh, E., & Al-Bdour, H. S. (2017). A Human
Body Mathematical Model Biometric Using
Golden Ratio: A New Algorithm.
IntechOpen.
Akhtaruzzaman, M., & Shafie, A. A. (2012).
Geometrical Substantiation of Phi , the
Golden Ratio and the Baroque of Nature,
Architecture, Design and Engineering.
Kuala Lumpur: International Journal of
Arts.
Deif, A. (2014). The amazing Golden Ratio. Cairo:
Cairo University.
Devnathan, A. (n.d.). THE GOLDEN RATIO AND
ITS APPLICATION IN DESIGNS.
Chennai: Loyola College.
Knott, R. (2018, March 08). The Golden String of
0s and 1s. Retrieved from
maths.surrey.ac.uk.
Obara, S. (n.d.). Golden Ratio in Art and
Architecture. Retrieved from
http://jwilson.coe.uga.edu:
http://jwilson.coe.uga.edu/EMT668/EMAT
6680.2000/Obara/Emat6690/Golden%20Ra
tio/golden.html
Wright, D. M. (n.d.). Make your own Golden Mean
Gauge! . Retrieved from
http://davidmichaelwright.blogspot.com.
 Evolution of usage of colours in architectural
facades and its effect on people in the urban space

Kansara, Niki

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: The main focus for writing this research paper is to understand how cultural swings and changes behind this
twentieth-century rejected the use of colours for architectural facades. Introduction of newer technologies and constantly
changing previous technologies in architectural facades is an ongoing process. As we can see the current trends of colour
palettes is changing. The era of colour renaissance is well into its stride after almost over 100 years of ‘Chromatic
Deprivation’ – a term used by John Outram in his essay. Since a very long time, we have been living through an era of deep
suspicion of colour, a time almost of “Chroma phobia”. The use of urban space is linked to the information field generated
by surrounding façade surfaces, and how easily the information can be received by pedestrians. Times prior to the advent of
modernism, the ornamentation on building exteriors were usually presented or done in fractions that transmitted information
content through visual, acoustical and tactile signals. This explains why many historical urban spaces provide an
emotionally stimulating environment. Successful urban spaces are often very informative because of the local structures
surrounding it. So the total information field in turn perceived by people act as landmarks as well as determine how
optimally pedestrian paths and nodes are positioned. This complex yet integral interaction between human beings and the
built environment is highly neglected in our times. Today’s architecture has less of ornamentation. The facades are plain.
Hence even a simple introduction of element of colour on vertical face of building could greatly impact about how people
feel in that space. To support this, a lot theories are already being written on how the usage of colours in architectural
facades could impact the vitality of a space.

Keywords: chromo phobia, evolution of facades, urban spaces, colour mapping, place identity.

1. Introduction
Reductivist puritanism emerged at the outset of the
twentieth century, to the point, where the followers
of Corbusier saw ‘whiteness’ as the ‘moral’ issue.
During this phase in the past there came an era of
chromo phobia, where usage of colours was
completely neglected. Later, scholars started
valuing the importance of colour to such an extent
that how usage of colours could affect the
psychology of people using that particular urban
space. This theory brought in many theories related
to colour mapping in urban spaces. This helps us in
mapping place identity with respect to recent urban
spaces and comparing it to the ornamental spaces in
the past. There has been a recent, accompanying
explosion of technological possibilities which has
brought about a vast array of colouring and lighting
techniques.
(Porter and Mikellides, Colour for Architecture Today.)
‘Fabric engineering’ - the engineering that
dress our buildings - has progressed both technical
and creative terms, with a new accompanying
psychological mindset change where human
clothing fabrics are seen as an inspiration and spirit
in terms of pattern, surface, texture and, also,
colour.
( Porter and Mikellides, Colour for Architecture
Today.)
2. An Era of Chromo Phobia
Now is the century that is more open, enlightened
and adventurous of all times. There has been a
recent explosion of technology in designing
architectural facades.
 The story of colour in architecture near
modernist era is a story of failure; not for colour,
but for architecture. Such chromo phobia is
common not only to western architecture but also to
the entire history, philosophy, and ideology of the
west. In the nineteenth century, in terms of
architecture, new houses and buildings could be
developed with control heating/cooling, freeing the
walls from heavy drapery and insulation, which in
turn opened up new questions about colour.
Purist founders Charles-Édouard Jeanneret
(1887-1965) and Amédée Ozenfant (1917-1925) after
meeting in Paris started an intense collaboration. The
bulk of their work consists of writings, paintings, and
architectural projects made between 1918 and 1925 by
Jeanneret and Ozenfant, with occasional contributions
from Fernand Léger. Purism can be defined alongside,
and in contrast to, a number of modern aesthetic
movements, all of which emerged in response to the
social and political conditions in Europe, and
especially in Paris, post First World War. At this time,
a new streamline and mechanized aesthetic became
both a style and political tactic to distance oneself
from the excessive décor, ornament, and decorative
techniques of the nineteenth century, alongside their
equally heavy traditions and bourgeois ideology.
In classical chromophobic style – defined in
here as the restricted use of varied colour to muted
tones or primaries, or the shades of colour to
primacy of line and form – colour for Ozenfant and
Jeanneret belonged to the realm of disorder. In
Après le Cubisme they write: “The idea of form
precedes that of colour. The form is preeminent,
but, colour is one of its beautiful accessories.
Colour depends entirely of the material shape: the
concept of a sphere, for instance, precedes the
concept of colour; it is conceived as a colourless
sphere, a colourless plane, colour is not conceived
independently of some support. Colour is
coordinated with form, but the reciprocal is not true.
We believe, thus, that a theme should be selected
for its forms and not for its colours.”
Colour thus played a contradictory and
paradoxical role in Purism. On the one hand, they
recognised it as essential to form: “A painting
cannot be made without colour.” At one point they
even observed colour as prior to form: “When one
says painting, inevitably he says colour… colour
has properties of shock (sensory order) which strike
the eye before form.” (Batchelor, Chromophobia.)On the
other hand, they clung to old world values of
disegno where colour fell second to form. “In the
expression of volume, colour is a perilous agent;
often it destroys or disorganizes volume…”
(Batchelor, Chromophobia.) Regardless, from the heart
of this ambivalence emerges an inadvertent
admission of colour’s power.
3. Timeline
In the past, chromo phobia has slide within western
culture since ancient times. In chromo phobia,
David Batchelor analyses the history of, and
motivations behind, chromo phobia, from its
beginnings through examples of 19th century
literature, 20th century architecture and film, to pop
art, minimalism and the art and architecture of the
present day. He suggests how colour fits, or fails to
fit, into the cultural imagination of the West,
exploring such divers themes as Le Corbusier’s
‘jurney to the East’. During the modernist era, the
ornamentation of the buildings were replaced by
much simpler forms. Due to this it got very
repetitive in terms of architecture building
elevations. All the buildings started looking similar.
Slowly buildings started losing their landmark
nature and quality. People somehow started feeling
difficult to remember such nodes or landmarks.
Thus building started losing their identity.
At this same time, need to design urban
spaces between buildings started gaining
importance. When ornamentation was all lost, new
technologies of building facades played an
important role. For that colour was also one of the
important factor under consideration now. Slowly,
the change in facades from ornamented to being
contemporary modern greatly depend on the colour
that can be used to make the immediate urban space
a memory; a landmark spot or an important node.
Now even the artists, painters and sculptors
work enthusiastically and engage themselves in
architecture as they have discovered the joy of scale
and permanence, and also the very public exposure
that architecture naturally brings. We now live in
times where architects can liberate the inner artists
in themselves. This has led to many architects being
interested in designing even a small little urban
space with as much of passion.
4. Colour Mapping in Urban Spaces
An urban landscape is a visual reality which is
perceived by each person’s observance from the
various elements in the city. It can be asserted that
the urban landscape shapes from surroundings’
visual and non-physical materials, and it constitutes
all information which exist in space, and which is
perceived by human’s senses. Kevin Lynch, also,
thinks of urban landscape as a virtual phenomenon:
“city is like an exquisite architectural monument
which rises from the space, with the difference that
city has a larger scale, and it needs time to find its
form” Lynch also argues that the animate factors in
urban areas have the same impact as the in-animate
factors in shaping the urban landscape. The frequent
presence in urban environment, unconsciously,
shapes citizens’ environmental behaviors.
Human brain creates virtual image of the city,
based on its experiences, memories, and historical
events and previous emotional impacts; in this
regard, not only citizens’ behaviors take place in
urban environments, but also, they shape urban
spaces; because creating meaning is a process
which is both subjective and creative. In this
process, “vision and mind form a unity, and mind
creates a world which it perceived through the
process of perception” In this respect, urban
landscape can be considered a two-dimensional case
“which in one aspect it is about the sensible and
visual factors, and in another, it is about the
intellectual factors of the space like history,
memories, identity and such”.
Importance of colour - The creation begins
with color; and color, in its infinite variations,
“causes seeing, perceiving and recognizing things
and their significance” (Batchelor, Chromophobia).
Color is the most amazing trait of existence.
Humans derive all their knowledge and experience
base on the two elements of form and color. “Color
importance in life, brings various meanings and
concepts to human’s mind” (Batchelor, Chromophobia).
Also, color is one of the main visual stimulus,
which has a close connection with human’s
affections and sentiments. Colors, not only have
general connotations, but they contain secret
meanings also. Colors, with their special concepts,
have penetrated in our life in a way that we cannot
define our activities without them.
4.1. Psychological and Perpetual effects of
colours
We can assert that, at the primary level, the
psychological effects of a color results from the
innate characteristics of that particular color, and in
secondary level, it relates to the psychological
structure of mind, personal feelings and
experiences, and childhood memories of the
observing person; Geographical, cultural, historical
and economical factor are on the third level of
importance. Also, “the meanings and concepts
which are annexed to each color is something
arbitrary, therefore one color can arouse diverge
emotions in different persons simultaneously”
(Batchelor, Chromophobia).
Color is an important aspect of urban life,
and forms, dimensions, gender and texture are
defined under the color’s influence. In an urban
environment, “colors can be found everywhere in
bodies and the views of buildings, on the covers of
the roofs, in urban furniture, in parks, car, and even
on people’s clothes; all and all, have important
roles in determining the visage of the city”
(Batchelor, Chromophobia).
The correct application of colors in urban
spaces aids the citizens to find and locate their
needs conveniently across the city; some places like
phone booths, bus stops, electronic equipment and
other facilities are identifiable in urban spaces
based on their colors. Colors have a pivotal role in
creating a good impression of people’s minds. In
truth, colors shape the foundations of urban
landscape; in this way, in the complex world of
colors “the task of urban designer is to answer the
human needs by simplifying the urban elements for
citizens” (Batchelor, Chromophobia). Citizens have
different expectations from different places in the
city and coloring can be an important asset in this
regard; for example, “the increase in the color
density in intersections and boulevards, leads to
awareness that these areas are more populated than
the rest”
Today, as a result in the growth of
communications, color is considered as a
phenomenon, and in this respect, each color is used
for particular purposes. We have to consider that,
we cannot only pay attention to the cold and warm
characteristics of colors for categorizing them in
urban environment; in such fields, like urbanism
and architecture, no color is defined solely, but they
are defined in connection with other colors. Being
cold or warm, happy or lugubrious, is not only
bound to one color spectrum; it is also depending on
such factors as color usage, the type of color and
painted surface, being matt or shiny, and the
connotations of that particular color. Therefore, the
correct color planning for urban spaces should be
due attention to such effective factors.
Lynch asserts that “readability is a quality
which leads to better understanding of urban
components. All parts of these kinds of cities, can
be disintegrated, or imagined as a whole, at the
same time” (Lynch, 2013, p.12). Readability is an
important criterion for reinforcing the quality of
urban landscape; also, color is the most important
element which can unify the space as well as give it
a unique look.
5. Conclusion
It is clear that colours are pivotal factors in
architecture and urbanism. The identity of an urban
space plays a very important role. Colours help to
identify them easily. The proper application of
colours would strengthen the visual qualities of that
space hence enhancing the mental help of the
people. It lessens the psychological damage that is
influenced by visual pollution. Colour as a tool
plays the role of identity, feeling and readability of
a space. Color can make structures apprehensible,
and illustrate their usages and values. In addition to
beautifying a place, colors can be used also to
convey certain messages. Colors can diversify the
experiences in the city, and stimulate citizens for
more active life.
https://www.chrisnanglefurniture.co.uk/use
-colour-improves-public-space-life/.
Torabi, Mahdi. “THE FUNCTIONS OF COLOR
IN URBAN SETTING.”
https://www.academia.edu/1487495/THE_
FUNCTIONS_OF_COLOR_IN_URBAN_
SETTING
Lissner, Ingmar, and Philipp Urban. “Toward a
Unified Color Space for Perception-Based
Image Processing.” IEEE Transactions on
Image Processing 21, no. 3 (March 2012):
1153–68.
https://doi.org/10.1109/TIP.2011.2163522.
Day, Christopher. Places of the Soul: Architecture
and Environmental Design as a Healing
Art.
Güley, Kamil. “A Methodological Approach To
The Usage of Colour on Façade Design:
Case of Salamis Road, Famagusta,” June
2014. http://i-
rep.emu.edu.tr:8080/xmlui/handle/11129/3
903
Sepe, Marichela. Planning and Place in the City:
Mapping Place Identity.

References

Batchelor, David. Chromophobia. Reaktion

Books, 2000.
Porter, Tom, and Byron Mikellides. Colour for
Architecture Today. Taylor & Francis,
2019.
Chris Nangle Furniture. “How the Use of
Colour Improves Public Space Life,”
March 22, 2016.
 How Parametric Design Tools are affecting the Design
Process in Architecture

Khot, Sagar

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: This paper discusses the current transition happening in the Design Process due to Parametric Architecture.
Before the Modernization in Architecture the structures, iconic buildings were built through a certain process which
included sketching, physical modeling, etc. After Parametric Architecture was introduced, architects started using it into
their Design Process. They are called Parametric because they can be changed into any complex shape just by changing
their parameters. There are various types of tools available for a parametric design like Revit, Rhino, grasshopper, etc. The
Parametric Architecture incorporates 3 Degree Curves which can’t be drawn on normal paper by hand. In the current
context there are architectural firms that practice parametric architecture for their projects. Moreover, parametric models
come with a price, posing limitations regarding representational flexibility and design complexity, which hinder effective
design exploration. Therefore, there is a need for awareness about the Parametric Architectural Design and its complexities
in the Field of Architecture and how it can change the shape of the Architecture in the Future.

Keywords: Design exploration, Digital design, Form generation, Generative systems, Parametric design

1. Introduction
Parametric systems are principally based on
The Design Process is an approach for dividing a
algorithmic principles. Therefore, it is essential to
complex design into small parts by nodes.
know the use of algorithmic functions to be able to
Architects, engineers, scientists, and other thinkers discuss further parametric systems. An algorithm is
follow a design process to solve a variety of a finite set of instructions that aim to fulfill a clearly
problems.,(Discover Design, 2005). Previously the defined purpose in a finite number of steps. (Dino,
design approach was achieved through sketches, the 2012)
study of climatic conditions, sketching down the
zoning of spaces, making conceptual views,
working out the planning of spaces at various floor
levels, discussing the design process with a client,
changing the design according to the client taste,
approving it from a client then other authorities and
finally making working drawings of the project.
However, in this type of design process, it is hard to
achieve the end result if there is a short amount of
time. If the client wants the changes again and again
then there is so much time consumed into
redesigning which leads to incomplete executions.
Parametric Architecture is a new Design
method of Architecture that incorporates Computer-
Aided Design (CAD), with the Design tools which Fig. 1 The Manual Design Process through sketches
control the Entire Design by certain nodes, and Source: Reardon, 2013)
changes the Design as per the user’s taste.
2. The Difference
The parametric architecture has more control
towards the form comparing to the manual
sketching of forms. The parametric design process
only needs some inputs for its programming
software to execute the form whereas manually the
architect or designer needs to do every change to
the form by himself. The parametric design process
saves time as the software itself makes changes in
form development. So, the architect or designer can
work on some other tasks regarding the project.
This saves time and gives optimum quality to the
project. The parametric tools which are used for the
design are easy to learn so anyone with the
knowledge of it can design forms for a project. The
other difference between both design processes is
that parametric architecture also gives the various
analysis of a building through its simulation
plugins, whereas the manual design process needs
actual site visits and observations on-site to achieve
the same result.
3. Methodology
In the methodology, the various methods of
achieving the design form are discussed through
parametric tools that are available in the market and
how they are different from each other.
The parametric design process is based on
software which is known as Computer-Aided
Design (CAD) software and Building Information
and Modeling (BIM) software. BIM is a new
technology in architecture that focuses on the
design as a complete project management
technology uses a 3D model of form and generates
documentation drawings from the model from
various levels as given by the user. Due to BIM it is
now easy to work on the design in aspects of
Architecture, Structural, MEP, and Environmental,
etc. Some of the BIM softwares which are currently
trending and widely used for designing projects are
3.1. Revit + Dynamo
Revit is a worldwide popular BIM software which
is used by many architects and designer as it gives
complete project development through its Structure,
MEP, and Climate study. The Revit has its own
components which are known as families. The
major elements of Revit are categories which are
majorly Wall, Floor, Door, Windows, Stair, Ramp,
Columns, and structural design of the Structural
Members used in the design. The workflow of
Revit is based on its families which can be changed
by the user according to his needs. Even the design
form can be changed by the user by tweaking the
values of categories in Revit. The benefit of using
Revit is it gives the presentation drawings like the
plan, section, elevations as we generate a 3D model
in design and it changes according to the 3D Model.
There is a feature in Revit which is known as
Conceptual Massing which can be used at the
earlier stage to derive the design form and to update
it later.
Dynamo is a plugin that was developed to
make complex forms in Revit. Like Grasshopper
the Dynamo uses programming language of python
script by which the nodes are formed in Revit in 3-
Dimensional space and those nodes form a
geometry. Due to Dynamo it is possible to make
complex parametric shapes in Revit. The dynamo
also supports the importing of solid geometry from
other software to Revit as a mass component. The
dynamo also automates the other things regarding
graphics and annotation in Revit
3.1.1. Limitations of Revit
The Revit is the best tool to use when there is no
such complex geometry. The complex model with
more curves and angles needs more time to be done
on Revit. Also, it requires more skills to model
complex curves as the workflow of the Revit about
conceptual massing is based on the work plane
method where the user needs to go to each view and
change the form. The 3D curve cannot be made
easily in Revit.
3.2. Rhino + Grasshopper
Rhinoceros or Rhino is a 3D Modeling software
that is used to model complex shapes. The Rhino
uses ACIS Solids which have smooth geometry that
results in smooth 3D Curves. Like SketchUp the
Rhino has basic tools to create rectilinear as well as
curvilinear geometries. The Grasshopper plugin
which is available in Rhino is used to create
parametric Shapes by using the coordinate points in
the 3-Dimensional Axis of Rhino. The Grasshopper
uses the points and generates a solid form through it
by various commands.
4. Design Process 4.4. The additional 3D point was assigned with
the height parameter
In the conceptual design phase, creativity and 4.5. The Bezier curve was generated through the
exploration are very important. With appropriate points to get smooth solid geometry
input parameters, the form generation program is 4.6. The generated geometry then mirrored
executed. In this process, forms can be generated through its central axis to get the final form
with any combinations of the explored geometry 4.7. Then various options of form were tested by
and the defined vertical transformation.,(Park, changing radius, height, and other parameters
Elnimeiri, Sharpe, & Krawczyk, 2004).
Here user can have multiple options for his
Design because entire form changes according to
the algorithms. As User assigns functions using the
software it reads, collects, and analyzes the data and
then generates the output which can be changed as
per the needs just by changing algorithms, the only
thing which hesitates is the time and understanding
of the algorithm functions of the software. For a
beginner it requires so much time to understand the
functioning of the algorithms and when the right
one is used. The design process starts by first
acquiring coordinates in the 3D space. Then
connected by Different commands, the lines are
formed through the points giving the final form of
the design. And after the form is made it can be
modified by just changing slider and values.

Fig. 2. The chart showing Design Process Fig. 3 Generating Form through Grasshopper Script
Source: Generated by Author Source: Generated by Author

The above process is done through the 5. Benefits of Parametric Architecture

following steps
Because of the flexibility of form in grasshopper
4.1. The 3-Dimensional coordinate system was
the designer can easily work on the different tasks
assigned in Grasshopper
at the same time. Also, this entire process is done in
4.2. The Circle was made with Base Plane XY
3D modeling so it becomes easy to show design to
and radius parameter which can be changed to
the client. And the client can get complete idea
any value.
about their project and further misconceptions can
4.3. The circle was then divided into equal nodes be avoided. It also helps in urban projects as
as planes
common people can see and visualize things by
looking at the 3D model. Before parametric
architecture the visualization was only possible in
the plan section and elevation. And those drawings
also can be read by contractors and engineers in the
field of civil engineering. So, because of parametric
architecture anyone can understand the meaning of
space and built mass which is designed. That’s why
it is so much trending in the current context.
One of the major things regarding any
structure today is its analysis in terms of different
types of loads, solar, energy, and light. Now it is
not easy to always go on the site and study the
parameters doing physical surveys like calculating
wind, analyzing the solar radiation throughout the
site, climatic conditions, and many other factors as
there is less time and more work to meet the
deadline. Due to Parametric Design it is now
possible to get the analysis of solar, wind, light,
types of load affecting the structures just by sitting
in one place. Various plugins give a color
temperature of various areas in design with color-
coding of Lux values. So, by this method the user
can also solve the issues related to environmental
concerns in his/her design. The various plugins
which are available for environmental analysis of
the project are Kangaroo, Ladybug, Catia, T-spline,
Enscape, Lumion, etc.
The other benefit of the Parametric Design
Process is its Cloud Sharing service i.e. the Project
can be shared with various consultants like
Structural, M.E.P., Lighting, Civil where they can
do the necessary changes as per the standards and
the entire project will be updated as changes are
made. Whereas the manual design process needs to
get completion of drawings first which is then sent
to various consultants where they do changes on the
drawing and then entire drawing needs to corrected
again which makes it more time consuming rather
than smart designing.
6. Limitations of Parametric Architecture
Although Parametric Architecture is essential and
very effective in the Design Process. But the major
drawback of the Parametric Design is the cost and
estimation of the total project. Parametric Design is
difficult to be executed by local or skilled workers.
To execute the Parametric Designs, the 3-
Dimensional Printing is required. The 3 D Printing
is done by exporting STL (Stereolithography)
Model from Rhino or Revit. The cost of 3D printing
is so much expensive as its materials come in
filament wires. This material forms a solid
geometry in any 3D shape. That’s why Parametric
Design is practiced by very few Architects in India.
Also, for large scale projects it will be
difficult to use Parametric Architecture as the cost
will also escalate. The Parametric Design is only
beneficial if the client wants his design to be unique
and is ready to pay all expenses for his project. Ar.
Zaha Hadid uses Parametric Architecture in her
various works. In India Ar. Vivek Bhole is also
practicing in Parametric Architecture. Most of the
recent projects done by him are Parametric Designs
using softwares like Rhino and Grasshopper.
7. Conclusion
The research discussed in this paper talks about the
Parametric Architecture in terms of the Design
Process.
Parametric Architecture has its Strengths but
also has certain limitations. This style can be
developed and could rise in the future as its
workflow is time-saving and problem-solving. The
only issue with the Parametric Architecture is the
cost. Although in the future there might be some
technologies which can overcome the issue of the
cost. This technology can be used as an
architectural tool to produce not only better
performance design but also generative and
innovative concepts.
References
Dino, İ. G. (2012). Creative design exploration
by parametric generative systems in
architecture. 02.04.2012, 18.
Discover Design. (2005, December 2).
DiscoverDesign Handbook |
DiscoverDesign. Retrieved March 21,
2020, from DiscoverDesign website:
https://discoverdesign.org/handbook
Park, S. M., Elnimeiri, M., Sharpe, D. C., &
Krawczyk, R. J. (2004). Tall Building Form
Generation by Parametric Design Process.
7.
Reardon, C. (2013). The design process |
YourHome. Retrieved April 23, 2020, from
The design process | YourHome website:
https://www.yourhome.gov.au/you-
begin/design-process
 Augmented Reality in place making

Kini, Rohan

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Digital place making boosts the social, cultural, environmental and economic value of places by using location-
specific digital technology to foster deeper relationships between people and the places they inhabit. Digital place making
creates meaningful experiences for people in public spaces. These inclusive and authentic experiences foster a sense of
belonging and can be delivered through fixed means – like digital kiosks and other types of connected street furniture – or
via mobile and personal devices, including smartphones and wearable products. The massive technological advancements
around the world have created several nations trying to be the first in line in adoption of these technologies. One of the
recent techniques is Augmented Reality (AR). The AR is a new technology which is proficient of presenting possibilities that
are strenuous for other technologies to meet. Diverse augmented reality applications have been used in the industry of
different kinds and propagated all over the world. AR will really alter the way individuals view the world. There are different
ways to read a place or a structure. One can come-up with varied narratives for the same. With the use of AR the possibility
of creating different narrative to different people can be achieved with ease. The way in which by just using AR usage of
certain places can be altered on the basis of the reality an individual creates. The paper tries to explore this aspect of
technology which can change the utilization of space as per entity.

Keywords: Augmented reality; digital urban design; civic participation;

1. Introduction
Augmented Reality is that leading technology
in which increases there al-time environment by
overlaying computer-generated information like
graphical, textual, or audio content, as well as
objects over a display screen. AR is used in
different applications over different countries. There
are many areas in which augmented reality is being
used such as Navigation, Military, Medical,
Gaming, Entertainment, library management etc. In
India augmented reality is being used as mobile
android based applications, marker-based library
applications. In an emerging time, augmented
reality can be used as teaching and learning tool in
electronics engineering which displays the
electronic devices into 3D. (Alkhamisi et al., 2013)
This technology has a potential to develop a
new process to change the way in which we design
space. Whilst the technology is in a nascent stage,
the graph of adoption in countries like China, USA,
and England shows that augmented reality is being
used in a big way in terms of place making and
designing. There are many attempts to create a
space with Augmented Reality as a core idea, but
most of them are not used the way it was
propagated.
There is a potential over broad public
engagement and possibility of doing good through
this medium. The Pokémon GO craze has
demonstrated that the public is ready and eager to
get outdoors and interact with augmented reality.
Place= Space + Meaning
Place is simply a place or location that ha
imbued with meaning. That meaning is derived
from historical contexts, social connections and
local connection. Art has actually played a large
role in place making movement, it is used to kind of
activate the space. There is an increasing body
evidence that when a space is transformed into a
place it increases the public sense of ownership
which in turn results in increased security of the
area, increased social interactions. Place making is
easy to achieve with minor interventions. On the
intangible side if we engage the public in the
transformation of the space whether that’s through
design or the physical transformation and certainly
through the activities of the space, it increases that
sense of ownership. For this certain aspects like,
focusing on connecting the space to the local
community, design an inclusive space that is
appealing to a broad demographics is important. It
can be as simple as providing a seating. Also it can
be giving an interactive activity to the people.
Installing things that give people joy, curiosity and
excitement.
The use of AR in place making is increasing,
however, relevant research and evidence remains very
limited. The majority of information relating to these
uses of AR comes in the form of community activity
case studies or corporate press releases regarding their
adoption of such technologies. However, the limited
research suggests:
Augmented Reality (AR) has great potential
to supplement current wayfinding aids and AR-
based wayfinding systems can significantly reduce
the time and cognitive workload of human
wayfinding.
Visitors to sites with AR place making tools
become more aware of their surroundings and gain
a stronger connection to the place’s culture and
history.
1.1. Current Scenario:
In Indian context, AR is yet to be rediscovered and
some amount of trust in people is required. People
fear what they don’t know and hence adoption of
Virtual reality in Indian streetscape is farfetched
resolution. Whilst people known AR they are
currently using an augmented reality device all the
time, a mobile phone. Spaces are being modified as
AR adaptable spaces. There is a slow growth in the
space and people are acknowledging the fact that
AR is the way ahead. Navigation, Information,
Videos, games like “Pokémon Go” have AR as the
core and all already changing the language of
people on street. Whilst this change in pattern is
visible, no thought has been given in how we could
use this pattern languages to develop and create a
future.
(Neha et al., 2015)
1.2. Hypothesis:
Augmented reality can change how a space is
perceived. With this approach we can revive certain
part of the society which are left abandoned in
today’s time. This can act as an algorithm for any
other such space. The abandoned spaces can be
made open to public and can have a recreational use
with use of emerging AR technology.
2. Methodology
Nehru Planetarium, Bangalore developed with AR
and how presence of this another reality changed
the way people move in a space were studied.
3. Analysis
Nehru Planetarium, Bangalore has attempted to use
augmented reality in its outdoor introductory space.
They have used small post and a QR code for each
installation to convert the static installation into an
active interactive augmentation, which can be
viewed in 360o. For this, a space surrounding each
installation is required. Hence area required is more
for the particular introductory space. It was
observed that the demographics like students and
old age people who don’t have any smartphones
were moving in space very quickly and were not
getting the whole knowledge. Whilst that
demographics struggles with the technology; the
rest were moving in the space with ease and were
getting the knowledge through augmented reality.
The pattern seen was varied, people acknowledge
the technology and were happy to be immersed in
it.
Fig. 1. Augmented reality QR code Scanner
Source: Author

Fig. 2. Schematic layout of AR park of Nehru Planetarium
Source: Author
Hence, we can see that by just introducing
AR in a space, people who do no indulge in or
appreciate the installation were also grasping the
knowledge. The vitality of the place increased also
increasing the legibility of the space. Thus, use of a
space can be altered in a way without actually
changing the space with the help of augmented
reality. As a matter of fact, such techniques have
benefitted architectural and urban design for the last
decade or so; initially, the use of AR in architectural
design was a derivative of resolute research in
various institutions around the globe, and is
becoming widely popular in architecture and urban
design projects ever since. The upmost feature of
augmented reality is the fact that representation of
design can be instantly and actively interpreted.
Unlike three-dimensional (3D) models and virtual
reality applications, which generate artificial and
opaque environments, AR facilitates stakeholders’
presence amid design phases, by virtue of
superimposing actual environmental and physical
conditions on virtual elements. In other words, such
a technologic asset generates a composite view,
with a combination of a digital model or scene and
the physical, real life settings in which the viewers
are located.
The way augmented reality can be used in
place making is that it would create an ever-
changing image of that particular area and let the
people interact with it. While designing the digital
place environment some key guidelines that can be
followed are as follow:
These ingredients are leadership, strategy,
creativity, technology, collaboration, community,
context and approach – all of which combine to
build an idea of the meaning of a space, and a sense
of belonging for the communities who use it.
To boost engagement, improve the lives of,
and elicit valuable responses from residents,
workers, businesses and other groups, digital place
making projects therefore require several key
ingredients. (Morrison, 2019)
4. Conclusion
There is a way which would be adopted in the near
future for enhancing the feel a space. We have to
embrace the technology as a whole and introduce
minute changes in the way we design space. The
value AR adds is the way it’s extending and
deepening the potential connections. We are able to
connect the communities in ways that we would
never be able to do in the physical world or it
would be cost prohibitive to do so. The same thing
with interactions we are now able to provide more
unusual interactions at a reasonable budget and that
we can also evolve the experience overtime.
References
Milovanovic, J., Moreau, G., Siret, D., & Miguet, F.
(2017, July). Virtual and Augmented
Reality in Architectural Design and
Education. 17th International Conference,
CAAD Futures 2017. https://hal.archives-
ouvertes.fr/hal-01586746
Alkhamisi, Abrar & Monowar, Muhammad
Mostafa. (2013). Rise of Augmented
Reality: Current and Future Application
Areas. International Journal of Internet and
Distributed Systems. 01. 25-34.
10.4236/ijids.2013.14005.
Morrison, Dr. J. (2019). Digital Placemaking - for
the heritage, urban development and local
government sectors - Calvium. Calvium’s
Approach to Digital Placemaking.
Retrieved March 20, 2020, from
 https://calvium.com/resources/digital-
placemaking/

Neha, & Rajneesh. (2015). 141_IJIRCCE-15-360 |

Augmented Reality | International Standard
Serial Number. Scribd.
https://www.scribd.com/document/4192589
10/141-IJIRCCE-15-360

Transforming Placemaking with Augmented

Reality | Julia Beabout | ARIA 2019 -
YouTube. (n.d.). Retrieved March 13
 Study the Difference Between Deconstructivism and Theories

Mahajan, Vedant

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Theories have helped architects and architecture to evolve and transform a long way since beginning. This
research paper is focusing on the study of two theories of post-modernism contemporary architecture specifically
Deconstructivism (evolved since 1960) to the present global style called Parametricism (evolved since 1990). These
theories tend to drift away from the basics of modern architecture such as ‘form follows function’, ‘purity of form’ and
‘structural honesty’. Evolution and important characteristics of Deconstructivism and Parametricism has been discussed
and compared. The study leads to an analytical approach based on some parameters, which are understanding the concept
and theories through case studies. These parameters helped in exploring the holistic approach towards the design process
adopted by master architects namely Frank O. Gehry, Zaha Hadid, and Patrik Schumacher. The methodology adopted
understands the philosophies of both the theories culminating into an analytical study based on selected case studies. The
parameters are based on design considerations inclusive of socio- cultural and environmental aspects. The justification for
selecting the parameters is done on the basis of its practicality. The observations derived from the study help in the critical
appreciation of both the theories through the works of renowned architects.

Keywords: architecture, architects, design, theories, parametricism, deconstructivism.

1. Introduction
“We shape our buildings; thereafter they shape us,” 2.1 Case Study-1: Guggenheim Museum in
Winston Churchill. Architecture plays a very Bilbao, Spain by Frank Owen Gehry
important role in shaping the built environment. It
is a discipline of art and technology. It has become One of the very first examples of Deconstructivism
much more technical. It requires a team of expert or is Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao, Spain. The
stakeholders such as architects, civil engineers, museums belong to the Solomon R. Guggenheim
structural engineer, electrical engineer, mechanical Foundation. It is an example of modern and
engineer and so on. Thus it became a contemporary art designed by Canadian-American
‘multidisciplinary’ field. Today it has reached to the architect “Frank Owen Gehry”.
global style called as Parametricism.
"Deconstructing is to deform a rationally structured
space so that the elements within the space are
forced into new relationships". Similarly,
Parametricism, as the name suggests, is based on
the parameter phenomenon. These parameters have
to be identified and the use of deep-rooted animated
technology. Parametricism finally brings to an end
the transitional phase of uncertainty engendered by
the crisis of Modernism and marked by a series of
Fig.1. Sketch of Guggenheim Museum
relatively short architectural parameters which Source: Wikipedia
included Postmodernism, Deconstructivism and
Minimalism.
 Fig.2. View of the museum, Bilbao
Source: Archdaily
It was first opened for public in 1997 and it
was constructed on time and budget, which is rare 2.2 Case Study-2: Heydar Aliyev Centre, Baku,
for such type of architecture. Gehry has always Azerbaijan by Zaha Mohammad Hadid
designed though sketches and later moved on to
technology. Architect Philip Johnson described it as The building is designed by the famous Iraqi-British
"the greatest building of our time". Three different architect Zaha Hadid after winning a competition in
materials such as titanium, glass and limestone are 2007. She is known as “queen of curve”. She has also
used to fulfil the aesthetic quality. It also helps light received the Pritzker Prize in 2004 and the Stirling
to penetrate and react to the sun and the weather. Prize in 2010 and 2011. She is internationally famous
These materials are used as per their functional for both her theoretical and academic work. After
requirement, for example Titanium cladding for graduating in 1977 she opened her own architectural
galleries, limestone for public facilities and glass firm in 1980 which was a big challenge. Frank Gehry
used to insulate both acoustically and thermally. describes the architect as "an extraordinary force of
Museum is integrated into the city in terms of nature", while designer Donna Karan heaps praise on
height and material used, also has a “sculptural her "female sensibility" and "goddess's touch". Her
roofscape responsive to the city’s undulating thinking about spatial issues sets her apart from the
topography”. The building is built around a central crowd; her firm has nearly 400 employees and has
axis and has load bearing walls and ceilings. In handled somewhere around 980 projects in over 44
2001 it received the Outstanding Structure Award. countries. She pushes the boundaries of architecture
Total plot area is of 32,500 m2, of which 24,000 m2 with urban design connecting new spatial concept of
is buildable space. 9,066 m2 areas is devoted to integrating the
exhibition spaces. The nineteen galleries and ten
galleries follow an orthogonal plan and irregular
shape and both can be easily identified from outside
by their exteriors such as stone finish and quilled
organic forms and titanium cladding respectively.
Exhibition spaces are columns free which give
flexibility in display. Architect is inspired by the
shape and texture of a fish. Therefore, the museum
is regarded as a ‘work of art’ or a ‘sculpture’ in
itself. The museum exhibits the works by Spanish
and international artists.
The socio-economic impact of the museum
was too deep in the city. After the inauguration, it
became a popular tourist attraction with visitors
from across the globe. In the initial 3 years, almost Fig.3. Plans of Heydar Aliyev Centre
4 million tourists visited the museum and generated Source: Archdaily
almost 500 million of profit. Therefore, the "Bilbao urban landscapes. She works in various fields of
effect" refers to how the museum transformed the design ranging from urban scale to interiors,
city itself. Even today, the Museum remains an product design and furniture design.
iconic structure because of its complexity and form.
 The building is designed for nation’s cultural
programs and for sensitivity towards culture. There
is a continuous relationship between topography,
building envelope and interiors. Fluidity in form
formation goes with the natural topography. Space
frame structures are used for construction as they
provide column free spaces. It has incorporated
urban fabric and traditional Azeri culture. The
centre is designed to express the sensibilities of
Azeri culture through the spaces and the built form.
The form of the centre merges with the landscape
and its natural topography.
The functional spaces and the built form are
created by folds in a single continuous surface. The
free flowing form has given an opportunity for
interconnected cultural spaces. The building has
become a signature landmark because of its
innovative design and has created its own identity.
Glass fibre reinforced concrete and Glass fibre
reinforced polyester were used as ideal cladding
materials. Architect has done various studies on
surface geometry for establishing the building in the
given context. Lighting has been given a due care to
merge with the fluidity within the interior and
exterior of the building.
2.3 Case Study-3: Parametricism by Patrick
Schumacher
Fig.4. Parametric design building
Source: Architectsjournal uk
Patrick Schumacher and Zaha Hadid have
experienced and developed possibilities of
parametric design. Parametricism is a trending new
style after modernism, which is spreading rapidly in
all fields from architecture, interior design to urban
design.
Parametric design is the upgradation in CAD
software, and also refers to the involvement of
parametric data embedded within 3D objects (such as,
all the parameters, such as height, depth, thicknesses,
weight, and even attributes such as model numbers
and materials). The objective of such
a technology is to reduce drafting time caused by
having to make multiple corrections and additions
to multiple drawing files, which is common in
regular CAD software, such as AutoCAD.
Some of its principles are soft forms,
communication between activities whereas
negatives are lack of zoning, lack of repetition and
rigid forms. Architects are able to do the in-depth
study of materials, structure properties, form
formation and so on with the help of parametric
software. Before becoming up of this software
architectural design was an evolution whereas today
it has become a generative and reactive process.
Such tools also bring complexity in design issues
and require deeper understanding of geometry as
well as mathematics.
Fig.5. Parametric design building
Source: Architectsjournal uk
Schumacher added: ‘Parametricism is a
fundamental rethinking of the primary constituting
elements of architecture… It is not just one of many
tribes, even empirically. It is the largest of the
movements and directions [within architecture] and
the only truly innovative one in terms of offering
design solutions and in terms of making an impact
on the built environment’
3 Conclusion
Theories prove that Architecture is in a continuous
evolving process of handmade drawings to software
drawing. Sketching plays a main role in architecture
as conceptual designs are conceived during the
initial stages only. There is a co-ordination in the
development of deign between sketching and the
thinking process but takes its own time. Whereas
softwares skip initial stages of sketching and are
quite fast in delivery but require sound knowledge
of geometry and mathematics. For analytical study
architectural designs of selected architects, few
parameters have been established such as
understanding their philosophy, ideas and PDF Research paper on, Deconstructivism and
inspirations, and aspects such as functional, spatial, its component to study available at:
structural, material, aesthetics, economics, user, http://www.krishisanskriti.org/vol_imag
socio-cultural and sustainability. But all these e/09Sep20 1509093918.pdf (accessed 20
parameters change with time and technology NOVEMBER 2019)
available. Each architect has its own way of
interpreting and analysing various solutions for a Anderson deconstructs vessels to create
single problem. new functionality (2003)-
Deconstructivism, developed since 1960, has in available at:
the advent of time, proved itself and is supported by https://www.dezeen.com/2015/07/
very strong aspects like form generation, 26/aandersson-deconstructed-
functionality, material and construction technology ceramics-vessels-tableware-
with structural logic. Whereas, Parametricism, on porcelain/ (accessed 19
the other hand which is a new style developed since NOVEMBER 2019)
1990s, has yet to be established in terms of material,
construction and structural logic. The psychological Issue (2010)- Article on Parametricism in
and social acceptance by the users yet remains to be the formation of environmentally
answered. Parametricism is the step ahead of responsive. (accessed 12
Deconstructivism in terms of technology, geometry, NOVEMBER 2019)
mathematics, speed of construction and societal
aspect. Sustainability and innovation plays a major
role in both the theories and thus are avant-gardes
of their time.
The future of architecture lies in the hands of
educators as to how they teach and interact with the
younger generations and how the viewers perceive
the architectural designs. In my opinion
parametricism is evolving and overtaking
deconstructivism

References
R. Ramchurn, 2013 Schumacher: Parametricism
the only movement for the digital age’
AJ News. (accessed 20 NOVEMBER
2019)

Article, 2006) available at:

http://www.architectsjournal.co.uk/news/s
chumach er-parametricism-the-only-
movement-for-the-digital-
age/8654696.article.

Fig 1 & 2
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Guggenheim_
Museum_Bilbao

Fig 3 & 4
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Heydar_Aliyev
_Cente
 Use of Material Augmentation to Reinterpret Scenic
Design in Auditorium
Murkar, Janhavi

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: A theatre stage crystallizes the collective representations of a society in various aspects. It is primarily
concerned with enhancing the experience of an audience at a performance. Scenic design is an important aspect of
any theatre production which can be abstract or highly realistic showcasing interesting concepts, new techniques
and unusual materials. If there is no background or some stage setup in performances, then the story becomes
harder to believe.

Keywords: Aesthetics, Auditorium, Materials, Acoustics, Reverberation, Reflection, Absorption, Theatre.

1. Introduction

The level of decoration of the theatre can also be a 3. Aesthetics of theatre

factor in social comfort, as it can make the audience
feel the art being presented according to their social
understanding. These multi-purpose spaces can
switch from concert halls to musical theatres and
live acoustical shows, so that they could be
configured explicitly with volume-altering or
adjustable acoustics to cater in different
performance types. Inefficient auditorium acoustics
could lead to a booming cacophony of unintelligible
sounds and conversations. These issues can also
lead to a sound occlusion effect where the audience
perceives a hollow echo version of their voice.
2. Methodology
The working of an auditorium may be a balanced
combination of absorption and diffusion. The
auditorium’s back wall should be treated with
absorptive materials to scale back the excessive
reverberation. Diffusive materials should be applied
on the side walls to counteract.
The design and architecture of a theatre can bring
an audience to another period of time depending on
the context or theme. There is something
transformative about a proscenium arch built in the
1930s, which with its dramatic, ornate arches
framing the stage quality extends out over the
audience. There is an expectation by the audience
of the quality of performances in such spaces
demanding the performance meets the quality of its
construction. On the other hand, a black box
theatre, a usually small, rectangular space meant for
more experimental theatre, which is meant to
immerse audience in a different zone. The
productions usually performed in such theatres
usually focuses entirely on the writing and acting,
with little emphasis on stage design and lighting
concepts. The elements that serve the aesthetics of
the theatre involve reaching out to the performers
regarding their needs, the artistic standards to
support the required amount of spectacles during
the performance, whether it be a bare stage or a
stage with enormous movable sets and a spectacular
array of props. The enhanced musical dynamics can
be attributed to provide early lateral reflections that
further enrich the enveloping reverberation effect of
the sound. Acoustical parameters include the
density of sound-absorbing foams, high-quality
upholstery fabric, ventilation holes and the structure
of the seating. Every auditorium or theatre has at
least five independent qualities: clarity,
reverberance, spatial impression, intimacy and
loudness which provide a useful starting point for
discussion. The major concerns are that the clarity
should be adequate enough to enable musical detail,
the reverberant response of the room should be
suitable, that the sound should provide the listener
with an impression of space, the listener should
sense the acoustic experience as intimate and that
he/she should judge it as having adequate loudness.
Fig 1. Stage scenic design
Source: Behance
3.1. Auditorium before modernisation
Before modernization, the walls of the auditorium
were generally covered with wooden wainscoting,
painted with colorless varnish. There was a
lacquered wooden parquet used on the floor. The
ceiling was flat, finished with calcium sulphate
plaster and a layer of emulsion paint. The seats and
desks were made of lacquered wood. On one of the
walls there was a sliding board made of plywood. A
large section (75%) of one of the walls was made of
glass panels. On the wall with windows there were
vertical window shutters, made of cloth.
3.2. Objectives of scenic design
The need for lighting is more than mere visibility to
accomplish various aspects depending on the
requirement of the stage. A lighting technician can
not only dim the lights at parts of the production
which are supposed to be dark or bright according
to different scenes, but he can also even make the
audience associate a certain mood with a certain
colour of light. For instance, the antagonist is
always tinted blue in scenes, the audience will at
some point associate blue with evil or suspense,
adding an element to the production that otherwise
wouldn’t be the case. Theatre lighting can also set
time and place for audiences. This is applicable
especially for existentialist and theatre of the absurd
pieces but requiring highly technical and elaborate
sets. The use of lighting extends beyond mere night
and day, but can be used to accurately represent
more subtle differences in lighting, such as
firelight, lamplight, or even the light reflected from
sources of water.
3.3. Size, volume and form
It was inevitable to design an appropriate
reverberation time that produces specification for
the auditorium volume only; the form of the
auditorium is barely relevant. It is the exception
rather than the rule in which the form of an
auditorium is sufficiently extreme for the prediction
formula to be inaccurate. The auditorium should be
designed as a shell within a shell to provide an
insulated layer between the interior and exterior.
The function of the peripheral space is twofold: it
provides a sound buffer from outside noise,
increasing the quality of acoustics within the
auditorium and it provides a thermal insulation
barrier between the interior and exterior, reducing
the air-conditioning loads and increasing the
building energy efficiency.
3.4. Materials used in an auditorium
A high quality acoustical treatment offers clarity to
the original sound thus the quality of sound remains
uniform throughout the auditorium. There should
be use of various acoustical panels for
soundproofing of auditorium or by using wall and
ceiling sound panels. Acoustical panels offer great
results by absorbing the reflections and echoes
within the auditorium, thus producing better quality
of sound. Also, use of diffusion panels can help in
dispersing the reflected sound waves to bring out a
balance among the live and dead spots in the room.
The materials generally used are broadly classified
into the following categories:
3.4.1. Acoustic plaster
3.4.2. Compressed cane or wood fiberboard,
unperforated and perforated
3.4.3. Wood particle board
3.4.4. Compressed wood
3.4.5. Mineral/glass wool quilts and mat
3.4.6. Mineral/compressed glass wool tiles
3.4.7. Composite units of perforated hardboard
backed by perforated fiberboard
3.4.8. Composite units of perforated board
(hardboard, asbestos board or metal sheet)
backed by mineral or glass wool quilt or
slab;
3.4.9. Special absorbers constructed of hardboard,
teak ply, etc, backed by air.
Fig 2. Soundproofing auditorium
solutions
Source: Acoustical solutions
Loud reflections are perceived as disturbing
echoes. Early loud reflections cause what is called
‘image shift’: the sound appears to be coming from
a direction intermediate between the direct and
reflected sound directions. Tone coloration is a
sharpening of the timbre; it imparts a shrill, slightly
metallic character to sound. String tone is
particularly affected. In halls it is associated with
reflections from large plane surfaces, whereas the
effect is unlikely to be audible with reflections from
scattering surfaces. The subjective effect is stronger
for overhead reflections than for reflections from
the side. Tone coloration constitutes one of the
major reasons for avoiding suspended horizontal
reflecting surfaces in concert halls. Design details
in auditoria ultimately determine subjective
response. In some cases we can link cause and
effect directly, such as the effect of the scattering
wall treatment in nineteenth-century rectangular
halls in creating a subjective sense of hearing sound
from all directions.
Fig 3. Fabric panels
Source: Control noise
The need for an objective acoustic description
arises because the link is generally not simple. Even
in the case of reverberation time we find that it
depends on two independent factors: room volume
and total surface absorption. Objective measures
offer an intermediate description between design
and subjective effect. The design creates a sound
field at the listener’s position according to the
behaviour of sound in rooms. This can be described
in objective acoustic terms. In order that hearing
may be good in any auditorium, it is necessary that
the sound should be sufficiently loud, that the
simultaneous components of a complex sound
should maintain their proper relative intensities and
the successive sounds in rapidly moving articulation https://acousticalsolutions.com/soundproofing-an-
should be clear and distinct, free from each other. auditorium/

Control Noise (n.d.). Retrieved from Net Well

Noise Control Website:
https://www.controlnoise.com/wp.content/uploads/
2017/04/Auditorium1.jpg

Prezi.com (n.d.). Retrieved from Auditorium

Design and History Website: https://prezi.com/ldce-
gnku-gc/auditorium-design-and-history/

Research gate (n.d.). Retrieved from Website:

https://www.researchgate.net/publication/25838817
6_Experimental_Acoustic_Evaluation_of_an_Auditor
Fig 4. Materials for auditorium
Source: Acoustical solution ium

4. Conclusion Science direct (n.d.). Retrieved from Journal of

Sound and Vibration Website:
It is imperative to choose the most suitable https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/p
materials that aids the overall noise control of the ii/0022460X64900586
building and creates a conducive environment for
an event. It is also important to consider on the type Science direct (n.d.). Retrieved from Journal of
and position of speakers in the hall as a vital factor Sound and Vibration Website:
to achieve control over acoustics. A proper result of https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/p
the desired optimum reverberation time, which can ii/0022460X64900574
be accurate according to the programs based in the
auditorium is also mandatory. Along with working Slideshare.net (n.d.). Retrieved from:
on the necessary factors for the auditorium, we also https://www.slideshare.net/jisunfoo/auditorium-a-
need to focus and understand the complications and case-study-on-acoustic-design
processes behind acoustics design with respect to
the site. There may be many factors that come in
action when it comes to building acoustics which
need to be identified such as the shape and form,
surface materials, seat leveling, etc. It is important
to appreciate the significance of acoustics in a
building design, and how it affects the function,
atmosphere and efficiency of a space.

References

Acoustics (n.d.). Retrieved from:

https://www.acoustics.asn.au/conference_proceedin
gs/AASNZ2006/papers/p76.pdf

Acoustical solutions (n.d.). Retrieved from Trust

Pilot:
 Effect of color on human perception
A case of Asalpha Village

Naik, Chandrakant

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Colour could be considered a visual language. It can influence thinking and affect how humans act. Grey, dark,
drab – these are perha ps just some of the words that come to mind when we think of the slum dwellings in Mumbai that
are such an integral part of the city’s landscape. Though a majority of the city consisted of them very few actually cared
about them for most they were places one should always avoid but a few thought differently. The paper explores how such
a simple thought, bunch of volunteers, some bucketful of paints and a firm determination changed this scenario.

Keywords: behavioural change, colour, happiness, paint, perception, slum

1. Introduction
The Mumbai metro is a symbol of the city’s
development travelling in an air-conditioned coach
one forgets he’s still in Mumbai until one looks out
of the window to witness the cityscape outside.
“SLUMS” A mental image is generated
before one’s eyes as one sees crowded small rooms,
narrow lanes, foul smell, garbage dumps
everywhere, lacking toilet facilities, disease infested
these adjectives are traditionally how One would
describe slums.
This entirely negative portrayal of a slum
saddened me, having witnessed the scene first-hand
I knew there was more to it. But how could one
bring about change? Building towers and shifting
them to better locations seemed an impossible idea
for an individual and even if it was would the habits
of the residents change?
This contrast saddened Dedeepya Reddy,
founder of chal rang de as well, she was one of such
commuters, and her spirits would sink at the sight
of the slum of Asalpha. Perched on a hilltop, every
bit of it was grey, grubby and depressing. “It didn’t
fit in. Hence she thought of what could be done
with minimum resources. Colours made her happy,
so she thought, ‘Why not paint the homes to
brighten them up? And such a simple casual
thought changed the perception of the entire hilltop.

Fig.1. Asalpha slum, before transformation

Source: Chandrakant Harish Naik
2. Research Process

The drive took place on 2nd, 3rd and 4th December

2017. My reason of participation then was to learn
more about the architecture, housing typology and
for better understanding of functioning of a slum
but, the painting exercise brought light to a series of
entirely newer observations.

750 150 17
Volunteers House Artists

Fig.2. Painting the first walls

170 17 9000
Walls Murals Litters
The campaign gained a large following and
around 750 volunteers gathered but the real test was
changing the residents view as the first wall was
painted and another after it, interest started building
in the residents. The initial walls were the ice
breakers between the volunteers and the
community.
The output slowly got the locals engaged. The
atmosphere was electric. The slum hummed with
activity, chaos and excitement. The children got
involved. Local boys guided the volunteers through
the location some walls had sketches, murals on
the them each one with a topic that resonated
with the residents. This brightened up every
lane. Wright distinguished at the site, each reacting
with but independent of each other, were translated
into components.
Source: Piyush Singh Charag
Volunteer
Arvind Koliar
Bankers
Review: There is no right or wrong way to interpret
art. People view and think things differently.
Interpreting art also varies from one person to
another. A good piece of art could match up to all
the various ways that people interpret it.
Art is more than an appealing object; it’s a way a
person expresses themselves. In our modern world
there are many different forms of art that have
branched out from painting, sculpture and
photography.
I personally believe abstract art expresses
emotions and imagination a little more than any
other type of art.
I extend my humble gratitude to the whole
team Chal rang de for arranging this innovative
initiative for artists like us.

Fig.3. Interaction with People
Source: Piyush Singh Charag
Fig.4. Different Age Group people Get Involved
Source: Piyush Singh Charag
Falling waters relates custom-fabricated objects
to machine-finished surfaces both smooth and
rough, contrasting the homogeneity of steel, glass,
and painted plaster with the natural surfaces of
stone, water, and foliage. The resulting dialogue is
sensual as well as intellectual.
3. Observations and Findings
The painting process brought the whole community
together. The people on noticing that the outsides
where cleaner, started cleaning up their interior as
well.
More people started adding plants outside their
houses to further beautify their homes. The lanes
were clean as people were hesitant to throw
garbage. Spitting on walls reduced as a result of the
mental block generated by the bright walls. The
ladies of the house made sure that areas remained
clean.
Fig.5. Asalpha slum, after transformation
Source: Chandrakant Harish Naik
The lanes were no longer dark and unsafe.
The local drunkards were indirectly forced out as
they had no dark corner where they could sit and
drink. The beautification converted Asalpha into a
local tourist spot. People started visiting the slum.
The organization that painted the slum trained the
same local boys who guided the volunteers to guide
the tourists. The women started offering home
cooked food to the tourists.
Everyone who visited the slum now had a different
image in their head.
4. Conclusion
The transformation of as Asalpha was monumental
in changing its residents’ lives: the major reasons
for this transformation were the colored walls.
Color as a transformation element played a major
role as the perception of every resident changed
with their changed walls. The slum was no longer a
slum but a huge piece of art. The story of Asalpha
was published by various newspapers, went viral on
social media, which is a testament that colors single
handedly could change the way one perceives a
space.
 “Color Psychology: How Colors Affect Human
Behavior,” ThoughtCo.
https://www.thoughtco.com/color-
psychology-and-human-behavior-4151666
(accessed Mar. 17, 2020).

Dhillon, A. (2018, February 23).

“It feels wonderful’: how a Mumbai slum
became a riot of colour,” The Guardian,
23-Feb-2018.

Varun Kumar (India Architecture News)

“Positive Urbanism in Mumbai As Chal
Fig.6. Paint Mural Rang De Paints Asalpha Village,” World
Source: Piyush Singh Charag Architecture Community.
https://worldarchitecture.org/architecture-
news/cmzgg/positive_urbanism_in_mumba
i_as_chal_rang_de_paints_asalpha_village.
html (accessed Mar. 26, 2020).

Fig.7. Colorful wall

Source: Piyush Singh Charag

References

TimesNow. (n.d.).
“Business News Today | Latest India
Economic, Share Market, Industry, Personal
Finance Business News,” TimesNow.
https://www.timesnownews.com/business-
economy (accessed Mar. 17, 2020).

Binjal Shah
Chal Rang De - A Colourful Case Study by
Fruitbowl Digital.

Rangde. (n.d.).
Chal Rang De | A Colorful Campaign
Roamanchak Day 19. .
P. T. of India,
“Chal Rang De’ gives hilltop slums a coat of
lively colours,” Business Standard India, 19-
Jan-2018. B. B. A. and N. A. S.,
 Credibility of enhancing rural tourism through
cultural centre in Palghar district

Naik, Manthan
VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Rural tourism is a latest outgrowth of tourism sector that has grown up to be a potential business in its own
space. Rural tourism is a form of sub-regional based tourism that open up the rural life, culture, art and heritage at rural
locations, thereby encouraging the local communities socially and economically. Such form of tourism has created a
noticeable impact on the local economy and socio-cultural scenario of the concern area on one hand and carries a
potential scope for the rural residents on the other hand. Maharashtra offers numerous tourist attractions right from
ancient cave temples, unspoiled beaches, ancient historical forts and monuments, forests and wildlife, unique hill stations,
pilgrimage centers, and a rich tradition of fairs and festival, art and culture, which act as an incentive to promote local,
socio-economic and cultural changes and lifestyle of the people residing in and around. Lately due to cultural ignorance,
many Indians as well as foreign visitors do not know the deeper meaning of each culture and hence assume various
stereotypes that exist even nowadays. Hence there is a need to educate people and visitors about the diverse and rich
cultures of India and simultaneously encourage the cultural development by giving importance to the artisans and
craftsmen of various cultures. Creating a meeting point in small communities where people come together to preserve
traditions and develop cultural activities that include the participation of the whole family.

Keywords: Rural Tourism, Impacts, Challenges, Opportunities, Cultural Tourism, Cultural Centre, Cultural Architecture,
History, Tradition, Lifestyle, Vernacular Architecture.

1. Introduction
Tourism growth potential can be harnessed as a
strategy for Rural Development. The development of a
strong platform around the concept of Rural Tourism
is definitely useful for a country like India, where
almost 74% of the population resides in its 7 million
villages. Across the world the trends of
industrialization and development have had an urban
centric approach. Alongside, the stresses of urban
lifestyles have led to a “counter urbanization”. This
has led to growing interest in the rural areas. At the
same time this trend of urbanization has led to falling
income levels, lesser job opportunities in the total
areas leading to an urbanization syndrome in the rural
areas. Rural Tourism is one of the few activities which
can provide a solution to these problems. Besides,
there are other factors which are shifting the trend
towards rural tourism like increasing levels of
awareness, growing interest in heritage and culture
and improved accessibility, and environmental
consciousness. In the developed countries, this has
resulted in a new style of tourism of visiting village
settings to experience and live a relaxed and healthy
lifestyle. This concept has taken the shape of a
formal kind of Rural Tourism.
Rural tourism brings people of different
culture, faiths, languages and life style, close to one
another and it provide a broader outlook of life. It
not only generates employment for the people but it
also develops social, cultural and educational
values. Rural tourism is an opportunity for rural
development. Rural tourism is one of the
opportunities that rural communities might consider
to improve productivity and incomes. Sustainable
rural tourism can generate long term benefits for
villagers.
A cultural centre is a space, building or
complex that promotes cultural activities and its
values. Cultural centres can be neighbourhood
community arts organizations, private facilities or
government-sponsored. A cultural centre is a space
where people gather to participate in cultural
activities. These centres help promote culture
among the people of a community. The structure of
a cultural centre can vary depending on the
activities. Major centres include auditoriums,
libraries, computer rooms and other spaces with the
necessary infrastructure to provide courses or
workshops and concerts, plays, movies etc. The
cultural centre is often a meeting point in small
communities where people come together to
preserve traditions and develop cultural activities
that include the participation of the whole family.
1.1. Objectives
1.1.1. To understand the potentialities of rural
1.1.2. tourism in the study area.
1.1.3. To examine the factors which are responsible
for the development of tourism in the study
area.
1.1.4. To find out the impact of rural tourism upon
the socio-economic conditions of the
villagers. To identify various challenges of
rural tourism.
1.1.5. To identify the essential elements for
development of cultural centre.
1.1.6. To create multipurpose and unique spaces to
connect people of all cultures and attract
tourists.
2. Methodology
The required information’s are collected from
primary and secondary data sources. Primary data
and information’s are collected through field survey
and live case studies. Secondary data are collected
from book case studies, articles and books.
3. Merits of Cultural Centre
Palghar is considered as a part of the country’s
largest urban sea-hill region. It spreads between the
west coast of the Arabian Sea and the Sahyadri
Mountains rows that are east of the Northern
District of Palghar. It has so many things to offer
with respect to heritage, culture, art, tourism, etc.
But somewhere fails to reach globally as it is not
showcased. This ‘Cultural Centre’ will help educate
people as well as visitors to know deeply about the
region. It would help the urban growth of the city
by creating a node in this region.
The economy of Palghar is largely primary
and tertiary sector. Also the creation of Palghar
district in 2014 has magnified this. Agriculture,
animal husbandry, dairy and fisheries are practiced
in abundance in the rural areas around the city and
fuel the economy of the city. Culture industries also
have a significant share in the economic
development of societies and regions. One of the
most common definitions of the notion of a “culture
industry” relates to all private businesses and
independent contractors active in publishing,
artistic, music, film or audio visual industries. This
definition can be expanded to other related products
and services, for example to cultural tourism or the
media. Growing impact of culture on the economy is
observable.
4. Significant factors of economic growth
through Cultural Centre:
4.1.1. Determining the development of tourism.
4.1.2. Creating a small scale labour market.
4.1.3. Significantly contributing towards GDP.
4.1.4. Creating culture industries.
4.1.5. Impacts on the location attractiveness of
regions for residents and investors.
4.1.6. Causes multiplier economic processes jointly
defined by development of the social
infrastructure.
4.1.7. Contributing towards the allocation of
human resources in developing sectors.
5. Culture in Palghar or even Marathi language, for interaction with the
tourists.
Warli, Koli, Kunbi, Vanjari, Vadval, are the
predominant caste based communities in Palghar.
Insufficient Financial Support: Proper financial
Warli Painting and famous Tarapa dance features
support can enhance the tourism potential of the
contribution towards art by the Warli community.
region, which would help the folks to preserve the
Warli painting and art stretch back to a history. Warli
local culture, traditions, heritage, art forms etc.,
art is also appreciated in foreign countries. The Warlis
because according to mass thinking, maintaining
represent the earliest settlers of the land around the
culture is not commercially viable. Tourism can
present times and their culture has largely influenced
showcase the uniqueness of the place in the proper
the later cultures in and around the area The Koli
manner. The region is remotely located and even
(fishermen) community of Palghar is a reminder of the
lacking any definite medium for transportation.
city's connect with the Arabian sea. Fisheries form a
large part of trade and diet of people in Palghar and
Lack of Trained tourist guide: The whole tourism
also takes up major role in cultural events. The Kolis
concept is very indigenous in the region. Though
are further divided into subcastes such as Vaiti,
initiatives attempt has been taken by the local
Mangeli. Kunbi is a generic term applied to castes of
youths, yet the professionalism is lacking. They are
traditional farmers in Western India. Most of the
lacking proper training to project in the manner
Mawalas serving in the armies of the Maratha Empire
from tourism perspective.
under Shivaji came from this Community. Vanjari
(previously known as Banjara) or a trader is an
Lack of business planning skill: The region has
occupational community which is identical with
great potential as an upcoming tourist spot. But, in
Vanijya which means trade. These tribes were in the
order to bring it to a greater platform, sound
past engaged in carrying grains and supplies for
business planning has to be made. The region needs
armies, before the time of cart-roads and railways in
proper enhancement of its beauty and resources
the form of barter system. Vadval is the most
skillfully to bring itself to light.
numerous populated present in Palghar. They are said
to be the descendants of Yadava dynasty of Devagiri
Lack of hygiene and Sanitation: The study area
who escaped from the Muslim invasion and
has lack of hygiene and sanitation facility. The
established themselves in Palghar. They form one of
Public Toilets are so unclean and odorous.
the very few Marathi-speaking communities which
belong to Kshatriya varna but not the traditional 96-
clan (96 - Koli) Maratha caste. 7. Recommendations
Palghar is a melting pot of different cultures
that have learnt to live together over hundreds of Governments should recognize importance of rural
centuries. That is the reason why there’s always tourism at priority and help in creating healthy
something interesting to experience in Palghar. From competitive business environment. Government
culture to adventure, places to see, and an old way of should try to generate data for decision making
life to explore, Palghar is a perfect destination to be bodies investing for developing the human
making memories with every step you take. resources, create adequate facilities and suitable
infrastructure like accommodation, roads, airport
facilities, rail facilities, local transport,
6. Barriers
communication links and other essential amenities
become essential for development of rural tourism.
Language Problem: Language problem in the
locality have been found to be one of the barriers in
the promotion of the tourism potential. People are
found to be lacking proper fluency in Hindi, English
8. Conclusion
Rural tourism will emerge as an important
instrument for sustainable human development
including poverty alleviation, employment
generation, environmental regeneration and
development of remote areas and advancement of
women and other disadvantaged groups in the
country apart from promoting social integration and
international understanding. It can help inflow to
resources from urban to the rural economy. It can
prevent migration of rural people to urban. Both
short-term and long-term planning, implementing
and monitoring are vital in avoiding damage to rural
areas. Environmental management, local
involvement, sound legislation, sustainable
marketing, and realistic planning are crucial for
development of rural tourism. The government
should promote rural tourism to ensure sustainable
economic development and positive social change.
References
Sharma, J. K. (2000), Tourism Planning and
Development, Kanishka Publisher,
Distributor, New Delhi.
Nitashree Mili,
“Rural Tourism development: Rural
Tourism Development: An Overview of
Tourism in the Tipam Phakey Village
of Naharkatia in Dibrugarh District,
Assam (India)” International Journal
of Scientific and Research
Publications, Volume 2, Issue 12,
December 2012
Nisha Rathore,
“Rural Tourism Impact, Challenges
And Opportunities” zenith
International Journal of Business
Economics & Management Research
Vol.2 Issue 2, February 2012,
Ratti Manish, (2007),
Tourism Planning and Development,
Rajat Publication, New Delhi, p-25.
Potdar, M. A. (2003),
Tourism Development in South
Konkan, Unpublished Doctoral
Thesis, Shivaji University, Kolhapur.
A. VijayaKumar (2009),
Indian Tourism Industry in 21st
Century, Challenges and Responses.
Somali Publications, New Delhi.
Maharashtra Unlimited (2009)
Vol. 1, No. 3
 Vitality of Green facades and living walls in urbanscape
Naik, Rashi

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract- For various reasons, sustainability today is producing an important and interesting approach between
architecture and the environment. Within the challenges of energy crisis and climatic changes architects started to develop
new approach to address the quest of energy demands in buildings. One of these approaches is façade greening which
started to take an important place in the last 10 years, it's not considered a new innovation, where applying green facade is
not a new concept; however it has not been approved as an energy saving method for the built environment. Over the past
two decades, green facade technology has evolved into a viable design component that can provide multiple benefits and
aesthetic value to a wide variety of project types. This paper will display the meaning, the advantages, and the techniques
of green facades as a part of sustainability strategy for the urban environment.

Keywords- Sustainability, Green facades, Living walls, vertical garden, green systems.

1. Introduction

Green facades are created by vines and climbing
plants that are rooted in soil or containers, growing
upwards or cascading down, and require a structure
to maintain their position, develop growth, and
survive through seasonal exposures. Green facades
are easily scalable and rely on the adaptable
characteristics of a broad range of plant species.
The term “Living Wall” refers to a newly developed
technology that relies on a prefabricated modular or
monolithic vertical soil or hydroponic system to
root plants on a vertical plane. This new concept of
living walls can also be thought of as a vertical
garden, requiring the care and maintenance of a
garden with irrigation, drainage control and
nutrients delivered and organized vertically.
Vegetation can be seen as an additive (construction)
material to increase the (multi)functionality of
urban surroundings. The main benefits due to the
use of green facades applications are of economic,
social and environmental origin such as greenhouse
gas (emission) reduction, adaptation to climate
change, air quality improvements, energy saving by
insulation, habitat provision and improved
aesthetics. Also sound reduction is possible by the
use of vegetation.
facades of buildings. Vertical green, also commonly
referred to as a “vertical garden”, is a descriptive
term that is used to refer to all forms of vegetated
wall surfaces.
Vertical green is the result of greening vertical
surfaces with plants, either rooted into the ground,
in the wall material itself or in modular panels
attached to the facade in order to cover buildings
with vegetation and can be classified into facade
greening and green walls systems.
Greening the cities is not a new approach (i.e.
hanging gardens of Babylon), but the benefits are
rarely quantified. Greening facades is a good
example of combining nature and buildings (linking
different functionalities) in order to address
environmental issues in dense
Vertical greening concepts can be divided into
categories (green facades and green wall systems)
according to their growing method. Green facades
are based on the use of climbers (evergreen or
deciduous) attached themselves directly to the
building surface (as in traditional architecture), or
supported by steel cables or trellis. In the first case
climbers planted in the ground at the base of the
building allows to obtain a cheap facade greening
but there could be implications for any building
works that needed to be carried out (for example
damages and maintenance of the facade), besides
that climbing plants can only grow to a maximum
of 25 m height and it can take several years.
Supporting systems are sometimes necessary and
planter boxes, such as prefabricated and pre-
vegetated systems (green wall systems), attached to
walls can require specific growing substrate to
facilitate plant growth. Green wall systems (GWS)
consists of modular panels, each of which contains
its own soil or other growing medium (soil, felt,
perlite, etc.) based on hydroponic culture, that is
using balanced nutrient solutions to provide all or a
part of the plant’s food and water requirements. (M,
Kohler. (2008).)
2. Aim of Research
The goal is to analyse the Green/vertical greening
systems with respect to integration of vegetation on
buildings through green roofs and vertical greening
also evaluating their sustainability in relation with
the achievable environmental benefits, as a measure
of ecological quality based on our knowledge of the
influence on the environment. Sustainability can be
defined as a general property of a material or a
product that indicates whether and to what extent
the prevailing requirements are met in specific
application. These requirements, which relate to air,
water and soil loading, have influences on well-
being and health of living creatures, the use of raw
materials and energy, and also consequences for the
landscape, the creation of waste and the occurrence
of nuisance to surrounding environment. In
addition, a start was made to transform the positive
quantifiable aspects of vertical greened surfaces into
a lower environmental impact (due to a reduction of
energy savings) during the life span of a greened
building. Vertical farming or high-rise farming is a
proposed indoor, urban farming technology
involving large-scale agricultural production in
multi-story buildings.
3. Ecological and Environmental benefits
Green wall systems (GWS) and green facades have
different characteristics that can have influence on
the benefits like cooling and insulating properties.
Relevant aspects are the thickness of the foliage
(creating a stagnant air layer and shading the
facade), water content, material properties and
possible air cavities between the different layers.
4. Evaporative cooling
In tropical climate, the cooling effect of plants was
confirmed by measuring the temperature
atmosphere at different altitudes.
4.1 Thermal Impacts: Temperature Reduction
4.2 Thermal Impacts: shading and insulation
4.3 The use of vegetation in vegetated facades as a
blocker of solar radiation is clearly, with the
advantage that the traditional elements Meta-Plastic
or metal that are going and this heat will radiate
back into the surrounding the building, while the
vegetation does not. The magnitude of this effect
depends crucially on the density of the foliage.
The integration of vegetation on buildings,
through green roofs and vertical greening, allows to
obtain also ecological and environmental benefits
and increases biodiversity, besides social and
aesthetical benefits. The ecological and
environmental benefits regard, as for green roofs,
the improvement of air quality, energy savings for
the building heating and cooling and the reduction
of the heat island effect. Greening paved surfaces
with vegetation to intercept the radiation can reduce
the warming up of hard surfaces, especially in
dense urban areas. In the urban area, the impact of
evapotranspiration and shading of plants can
significantly reduce the amount of heat that would
be re-radiated by facades and other hard surfaces.
Besides that the green plant layer will also reduce
the amount of UV light that will fall on building
materials. Since UV light deteriorates the material
and mechanical properties of coatings, paints,
plastics, etc. plants will also have positive effect on
durability aspects and on maintenance costs.
5. Challenges and Opportunities
The greening and preservation of urban space has
become an important consideration for cities,
municipalities and communities, mostly based on
the pressure from increased population density on
existing infrastructure. As impervious surface area
and building sizes increase to meet demand, water
quality, storm water management and Urban Heat
Island (UHI) effect have become primary
challenges for designers and policy makers.
This concept, also known as Living
Architecture, promotes biomass to cool urban areas,
support the growth of tree canopies to improve air
quality and rain gardens to mitigate storm water
runoff.
5.1 Green facade walls cool the exterior of
buildings by as much as 25 degrees F.
5.2 Green facade walls reduce indoor air
temperatures by reducing the heat flux into the
building’s exterior walls and indoor space.
5.3 Maintaining healthy, vigorous plants on a green
facade wall can reduce exterior wall temperatures,
thereby saving money on cooling costs.
5.4 Green facade walls can improve the energy
balance of buildings through reflectance and
transpiration.
6. Architectural considerations
There are architectural considerations for facade
attachment that need to be considered when
determining the appropriateness of certain systems.
Regional building construction variations can
present challenges and a masonry split faced block
will have different attachment requirements than a
stucco facade with plywood backing. Attention
should be given to attachment locations and
whether the building envelope may need to include
additional support material in order to facilitate
mounting. Mounting locations cannot be located on
glazing and the appropriate mounting structure
should be determined during the design
development process. Dead and live loads need to
be verified by structural engineers to ensure that the
system attachment method is compatible with the
type of construction. Product manufacturers should
always provide specifics regarding minimum pull
out values of fastener types and recommendations
for all building types.
7. Evaluation of green living systems on
noise pollution reduction and control
The acoustical performance of green living systems
involves two different aspects: the outdoor noise
absorption and the insulation of indoor
environments from outside noise. In street canyons
and urban environments, sound propagation
through the urban fabric from noisy areas into quiet
zones is influenced by a variety of geometrical
parameters such as street width and building height,
as well as the acoustic characteristics of the
materials used in the building envelope. This means
that there is important potential for reducing
acoustic waves diffracting over building since the
envelope is most often made of rigid materials, thus
can be improved using the vegetation. From the
previous studies concerning the sound interception
provided by vegetation it is known that it can
reduce sound levels in three ways:
7.1 Sound can be reflected and diffracted
(scattered) by plant elements. Trunks, branches,
twig and leaves have the different influence.
7.2 Sound can be absorbed by plant elements.
Mechanical vibrations of plant elements caused by
sound waves lead to energy dissipation by
converting sound energy to heat. There is also a
contribution to attenuation by thermo-viscous
boundary layer effects at vegetation surfaces.
7.3 Sound levels can be reduced by the destructive
interference of sound waves. The presence of soil
can lead to destructive interference between the
direct contribution from the source to the receiver
and a ground-reflected contribution. The presence
of vegetation leads to an acoustically very soft soil.
This effect is often referred to as the acoustical
ground effect or ground dip.
8. Scale
Scale is a critical factor when proposing and
designing green facades. Specific green facade
systems have the adaptability to be included on
projects as small vignettes, to installations that
include entire building elevations. There are basic
applications for each type of system and it is
important to understand what the possibilities are
for each. Three dimensional panels are modular and
can either be wall mounted or freestanding while
being utilized at both ends of the scale spectrum.
Cable systems are tensioned and are limited in their
potential for inclusion in freestanding applications.
Wall mounted installations of green facades are
considered a building application, but there are
possibilities for extending various scales of thematic
components throughout the entire site. Consider if a
single system type provides for all design elements,
or if a combination of systems is required to execute
the proposed design.
9. Budget
The most successful means of maintaining a green
facade system design within a project’s budget is to
have it incorporated as part of the building
envelope, since landscape specific applications may
have a tendency to be value engineered out of
projects. Make certain that budgets include all
aspects of a green facade system. Typically, product
manufacturers provide a material cost only. Budgets
should be adjusted to account for shipping,
fasteners, installation of the system components,
plants and plant materials, planting bed/soil
preparation and irrigation installation costs.
Ultimately, the budget discussion needs to be
expanded to include maintenance expenses at the
onset of the design process, so that designs can
facilitate the long term requirements of both the
physical system and plant material.
References
Rubenstein, J. 2. (n.d.). Retrieved from The
Cultural Landscape: An Introduction to
Human Geography.
N. Dunnet, N. (2004). Kingsbury, Planting Green
Roofs and Living Walls, Timber Press,
Oregon.
M, Kohler. (2008). Green facades – a view back
and some visions, Urban Ecosystems.
S.W. Peck, et al. (1999). Greenbacks from Green
Roofs: Forging a New Industry in Canada,
Status Report on Benefits, Barriers and
Opportunities for Green Roof and Vertical
Garden Technology Diffusion,
Environmental Adaptation Research Group,
Canada.
N.H. Wong, et al. (2009). Thermal evaluation of
vertical greenery systems for building
walls, Building and Environment.
Introduction to Green Walls: Technology,Benefits,
and Design (2008).

10. Conclusion

For building energy efficiency, durability, natural

beauty, cost effectiveness and adaptability, green
facades offer the design community a substantial
asset. The green facade industry continues to evolve
and there are a significant number of projects that
have thrived for more than a decade, demonstrating
a long range return on investment. Installation
techniques and construction adaptability will
continue to improve, and innovative design
applications will be further advanced as designers
continue to push the envelope for green facade
inclusion. The case for that inclusion can be
strengthened by taking the described considerations
into account. The completion of this outlined
process will help to establish a mainstream
acceptance of green facades as a standard building
component.
 Sidewalks and its Multi – Functionality in Urban Context
Niwate, Vaibhavi

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Walking is an important mode of transport. Since pedestrian are prone to accidents while walking as they are
vulnerable, it is imperative that their safety is considered through provision of facilities like railing, secured crossing areas,
footpaths and grade separations and adequate separation between vehicular and pedestrian movement. Pedestrian facilities
should be planned in consolidated and inter-connected manner so as to ensure a continuous pedestrian flow. It should be
useful therefore to look at pedestrian necessities and develop an overall strategic plan considering public behavior and
ease.The aim of the paper is to study the effective usage of sidewalks by studying public behavior along with the mixed usage
of walkways with Eateries, Shopping stalls, Shop lines. Planning of sidewalks should be done such that pedestrian is not
forced to walk in unsafe circumstances and that the motorist respects the position of pedestrian creating a clear divide
between pedestrian and vehicular movements. Sidewalks can also be used for entertainment and recreational purposes.

Keywords : Pedestrian, sidewalk, vitality, internal lanes, vehicular movement

1. Introduction
Pedestrians are vulnerable road users which
separates them from motorized users. Sidewalks are
designed and placed in proximity and parallel to
roadways while the walkways (even though similar
in construction to sidewalks) are located well away
from the influence of vehicular movement and traffic
and may be used to connect sidewalks.
Similarly, pedestrian walkways are also used
to connect areas near stations and terminals. In
current scenario of sidewalks in India, a significant
portion of the sidewalks and walkways are poorly
maintained, encroached by vendors or parked
vehicles and are of inadequate capacity, which leads
to pedestrians reluctant to use such facilities. Hence
it is important to create user -based and safe
pedestrian facilities under the current situation. This
needs the proper study of sidewalk and walkway
facilities under various conditions.
In the present study, pedestrian behavior over
walkways and sidewalk facilities are compared
which are located nearby Churchgate or side by side
Fort, Churchgate. Sidewalk-orientation and
increasing the capability of sidewalks have been a
prominent elements while designing a sustainable
form of a Functioning city. Considering the concept
of a stable and densely populated city, and smart
growth by many urban planners, Sidewalks are
passages with highest social role in which vehicle's
transport has been eliminated, and nonmotorized
transport routes prioritized with the exception of
special vehicles (firefighting, emergency and police)
in emergency situations.
Sidewalks can also be defined as linear spaces
in the city that are formed with maximum social role,
pedestrians majorly occupy these spaces, and the
vehicular movement is used only for special services
also the sidewalk's width is a place where its users of
any age and ability can feel secure and comfort,
fitness and interest in walking(Sabramani, 2012)
2. Data collection and analysis
The Street in the Indian cultural context is a place
where interactions and conversations majorly take
place . Streets and other public spaces contribute to
the liveliness of the space and thus impacts the social
character of the space and economic value. Cities are
remembered because of the experiences through the
streets.
Factors investigated in the study were:

1. Pedestrian movement and pedestrian

experience
2. Mixed uses of the sidewalks and Vehicular
movement
3. Workability of the sidewalks and response of
the urban form to pedestrians
4. Pedestrians ease like ease of way finding,
presence of shaded paths or tree covers, easy
of shopping.

CHURCHGATE:
The precinct selected for the pedestrian
sidewalks’ documentation is in Churchgate (Between
Churchgate station and Colaba Causeway). The daily
users of the sidewalks near station are the daily
commuters approaching their jobs as it consists of
major office and commercial zones. (Nikumbh,
2005)
Streets are enhancing with the Art-deco and
Victorian Neo Gothic style of architecture adding to
the character of the street. The land-use in mainly
Commercial. There is enough shading on sidewalks
yet enough natural light to create a safe space for
pedestrian usage.
2.1. Vitality through mapping of pedestrian
experiences
The Junction indicated in the Fig.1. is The Flora
fountain precinct. The space is majorly used for
people approaching their offices as well as tourists,
the flora fountain is a tourist attraction as it has an
intricated gothic sculpture fountain and Hutatma
Chowk and memorial.(Banerjee, December 2016)
People approach these spaces for photographs
and to visit the place as it bears a historical value.
The junction also has sit-out spaces and eateries,
Book stalls that rent books; people are seen renting
books and reading at the sit-out spaces provided.
Fig.1: Horniman circle and church precinct
Source : Shalmali takle,fifth yr. B.Arch., VSOA
2.2. Ingenious pedestrian routes
There are routes which the pedestrians take which
include shortcuts that make walking comfortable. To
go to Horniman Circle(Commercial and Offices
areas), Asiatic Library, Kala Ghoda, Causeway
market pedestrians prefer not to take the main road
but the internal lanes that have many eateries and
shopping centers and stalls to go over. These lanes
do not always shorten the distance but the interesting
activities through them make the more approachable
and preferred. Sidewalks are also be used for
entertainment and recreational purposes, Interesting
elements and more activities encourages public
interest and will ensure a continuous pedestrian flow.
Shaded sidewalks are preferred as it creates
ease in walking to distant places considering a
connected and interlinked walkway is created.

Fig.2 : Horniman circle road heading towards
Churchgate station
Source : Shalmali takle,fifth yr. B.Arch., VSOA
These lanes include Stalls and shops like Eateries
and Clothing shops inclusive of Branded shops and
Hawkers along the streets, thus enhancing the usage
of the sidewalks by all kinds of people (neglecting
the mental divide between upper-class and middle-
class people). People can use these spaces for
different purposes, yet there is a clear divide between
pedestrian and vehicular movement.
The lane indicated in Fig.2. is located opposite
to Horniman circle heading towards Churchgate
station (St. Thomas Cathedral has been marked for
reference). The lane is densely populated during the
peak hours of the day including Morning and
Evening hours where people travel to and from
offices, also during lunch timings as there are
affordable eateries and a variety of food stalls
present. The shops have also set out canopies
extending upon the sidewalks edge to provide shaded
areas for the people using the space.
Due to the extensive shading from trees,
hawkers and a few slum dwellers on the sidewalks,
that have encroached these regions and occupy them
for entire time of day as well as night time. The
vehicular zone is allotted mostly for parking and
used by the people heading towards their offices, the
internal lanes and two side parking spaces.
2.3. Public spaces and young people
Young people are frequent users of public
spaces, the use public spaces because they do not
own access to more private spaces. Hence, they use
more private spaces to meet, socialize and form
connections with their peers and community. Multi
usage of sidewalks for shopping and eateries create a
positive community interaction and walker friendly
areas that have a public flow through to ensure
safety.
Purpose of sidewalks can be based on the
neighborhood people behavior or existing land use of
the surrounding. Hence, it is important to understand
the user profile and the audience expectation before
planning pedestrian amenities on a street. The
narrows lanes are a problem due to parking on both
sides on the road and steep sidewalks at a few points.
Educate the public in the form of advertisement
regarding the usage of footpath and follow necessary
traffic rules and regulation to prevent road accidents,
create interesting elements and multiple activities to
increase the vitality of the space.

Fig.3 : Section of Colaba Causeway collonades
Source : Vaibhavi Niwate ,fifth yr. B.Arch., VSOA
The sidewalk indicated in the Fig.3. and Fig.4. is a
typical plan and section of the Colaba Causeway
colonnades. The spaces under the colonnade
sidewalk is divided with physical barriers such as
planters, Aesthetic Greek columns, Accessories stalls
that are temporarily allotted to individual owners by
the govt. These sidewalks also are a famous tourist
destination for Shopping, people from all over
Mumbai visit these street markets.The sidewalks are
densely crowded almost the entire day yet the
pedestrian movement is not stunted. The Eateries
along the path is convenient for shoppers to eat and
hangout with friends while shopping.
Fig.4 : Plan of Colaba Causeway collonades
Source : Vaibhavi Niwate ,fifth yr. B.Arch., VSOA
Fig.5. Plan and Elevation of Colaba Causeway
collonades
Source : Vaibhavi Niwate ,fifth yr. B.Arch., VSOA
3. Conclusion
The neighborhood brings most of the activities of
daily living into walking distances hence everyone
has freedom of movement. The sidewalks are laid
out in a network, so that there are alternate routes to
most destinations. The narrows lanes are a problem
due to parking on both sides on the road and steep
sidewalks at a few points. Educate the public in the
form of advertisement regarding the usage of
footpath and follow necessary traffic rules and
regulation to prevent road accidents, create
interesting elements and multiple activities to
increase the vitality of the space.
References
Banerjee, A. December 2016. "Study of
pedestrian behavior on walkway and
sidewalks for a mixed-use area."
Nikumbh, Vinit. 2005. "Study of drawing a
conceptual framework at the
neighborhood level."
Sabramani, T. 2012. "Study on Existing
pedestrian traffic and facility on major
road
 Rethinking Vasai Fort as an adaptive public space

Patel, Asheeta

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: The significance of a public space has been realised over the years as the most important factor in bringing people
together. These spaces have played a very vital role in the daily lives of people giving those varied opportunities and choices of
recreation. Such spaces not only improve the physical landscape of a place but also help people relate with their cities and towns
more effectively in terms of their culture and history. Historic buildings in their true sense have lost their own character either
because of the changed uses within the structures or because of degradation and their conservation that leads to the change. Such
places in today’s time are being treated as tourism sites and are not easily accessible by the public. A city and its people revolve
around the heritage and history of the structures. Such places not only do add to the importance of a place but also can act as the
linking factor between generations if used as a public space more than a tourist spot.
Vasai Fort has been an important heritage structures in the city of Vasai and its impact has been quiet evident on the
culture of the place. Vasai Fort being in ruins is now under the restoration process but what makes it different from other
heritage sites is the use of the Fort in various senses. It does not offer or rather is not restricted to one use but changes with
the user's choice of how to use the space inside the fort.
This paper thus presents an overlook to the changing ideas of using an heritage building like Vasai Fort in terms of the
public domain and how it contributes in increasing the importance of the Fort.

Keywords- user defined activities, public space, heritage and people, adaptive reuse

1. Introduction compensating for the crunch of space in the

The laws post-independence which remained
unevolved since decades restricted their role to
archaeological monuments that are ‘forms freed of
function’ with no defined purpose, apart from being
viewed as museum exhibits rather than living
architectural buildings. (Study of forts within the
Mumbai Metropolitan Region -Volume 1 4)
Mumbai, a city where every inch of space is a
luxury, the ‘buffer spaces’ around the enclosures of
the forts which fall into prohibited (100 metres) and
regulated zones (200m)3 as per laws, informally
started serving as spill over spaces for the
neighbourhood especially the local communities
with their activities flowing into these buffer areas
and sometimes even into the enclosures of the
fortifications serving either religious, cultural,
recreational or livelihood purpose and thus
growing city. This new land-usage gave birth to
new values and significance to these precincts
which now forms an integral part of the existing
reality of fort precincts. Adaptive reuse of buildings
has a major role to play in the sustainable
development. When adaptive reuse involves
historic buildings, environmental benefits are more
significant, as these buildings offer so much to the
environment, landscape, identity and amenity to the
communities to which they belong.
In order to understand and study how forts
can provide the people and their city an adaptive
public space, a study of Vasai fort has been taken
up which revolves around the question of the paper.
2. Methodology
2.1. The study is constrained to the functioning of
the Vasai fort as a public space.
2.2. Studying the various parameters like open,
semi-open spaces, closed spaces, pathways,
courtyards, etc. that allow Vasai Fort to become a
public friendly fort prescient.
2.3. Studying the varied activities that the fort
offers within its boundaries.
2.4. Analysing the factors that allow certain kind of
public activity or intervention inside the fort.
3. The public friendly Fort Precinct
Vasai fort though comes under the ASI and is being
restored because of the fort being in ruins, the fort still
offers a lot to the public in terms of an historic
architecture that allows people to interact with the fort
without any restriction. Due to the fort not being
converted into a museum or a tourist place, it has
offered the local people a choice of using the fort area
in a much varied and personalised way. The fort from
the entrance to the end has no restrictions. The fort
welcomes its citizens through huge fortification walls
unbarred by the huge entrance gates that most forts do
have or being incorporated to avoid direct public
intervention inside the forts.
Fig. 1 View of courtyard
Source- author
The fort due to its natural beauty and its
architecture has attracted the locals more towards the
fort not just for enjoying the precinct but also for other
activities like dance rehearsals, pre- wedding
photoshoots, site exploration, studies by students, for
recreation and group activities by the youth and also
by schools in the local community to conduct
competitions, etc.
4. Factors affecting the use of fort for
varied activities
There are a number of factors that has led to the
Vasai fort from being a ruined structure to its
emergence as an adaptive public space in the city.
The factors could be listed as follows:
4.1. Presence of community residing inside the
fort
The presence of local koli communities residing
inside the fort, it has become an interlinking factor
connecting the people and the fort. This presence
has allowed people to interact more freely with the
fort. If these communities were not a part of the
fort, it would have been an abandoned structure
with probably criminal activities happening inside
the fort and not creating a sense of security like it
does in today’s time. Thus, the presence of people
inside the fort as a part of the ecology inside has
helped people use the fort more often as a public
space for varied activities.
4.2. Architectural elements
Fig. 2. Existing structures of the community inside the
fort Source- Tanvay Vartak
Elements of architecture decide the kind of activities
that could be carried out inside a particular space.
Vasai Fort has a varied composition of such elements
like courtyards with arcade passages along them,
seating areas which allow people to rest and enjoy the
landscape, light and shadow inside the structures
through punctures which allow people to explore the like the closed spaces are used for taking up
photography skills, overlooking spaces, etc.

Fig. 4. Frame used for photoshoots

Fig. 3. Arched opening
Source- author
People use these elements of Vasai Fort for
recreation and these elements have been able to
enhance the public activity inside the Fort. The Fort
is being used by the public for their welfare and has
also raised a significant importance of the Fort for
the city.
Source- author
competitions by nearby schools and colleges and as
exhibition spaces which are held in the Fort by the
local bodies. The semi- open spaces
are used for photography and as seating areas and
passages to travel from one space to another. The
open spaces like the courtyards are used for

4.3. Landscape of the Fort

The Fort offers a varied landscape features
throughout with changing elements like the arches,
opening and frames which create interesting
photoshoot locations for pre- wedding shoots. The
Fort has been able to serve the changing needs of
the generations with providing landscape that caters
this change.

4.4. Varied spaces and structures that the Fort
offers
The Fort has a combination of spaces such as closed,
semi- open and open spaces in the form of churches,
arcade and courtyards. These spaces house activities
according to the space requirement of the activity
Fig. 5. Spaces inside the fort
Source- author
rehearsals by the youngsters. All these factors make
the Fort very public centric and active space to be
in and also contributes to attract more people
towards the Fort and engage them along with the
activities inside the Fort.
5. Conclusion
Thus, Vasai fort provides a built environment for its
people to use it as a pubic space. It gives people a
choice to use the space according to their
requirements. The spaces can evolve with the
changing needs of the generations and continue to be
an adaptive public space. Since the fort comprises of
a variety of spaces and elements that support
multiple activities, it is always inviting for the people
to use the fort for their recreational purposes. Hence,
it is the quality of spaces that the fort offers which
makes it more attractive to the people.

References

Central Public Works Department. (2013).

Handbook of conservation of heritage
buildings.
Jonanputra, V. K., (2017). Value assessment of
historic fort precincts of Mumbai, s.l.: s.n
Academy of Architecture. (2003). Study of forts
within the Mumbai Metropolitan Region -
Volume 1. Mumbai: MMR- HCS.
 Exploring Therapeutic Architecture and Virtual
reality to maintain substance free Environment.
Patil, Abhishek

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract- "Life is an adjustment" is how 'Life' is defined. The struggle beings from the moment one is born. Every minute his
physical, mental, intellectual, sentimental, social growth is developed. If the person remains tuned up with this part of growth, his
mental stability develops his personality. On the other hand disrupted mental status carries the person to distraction.

“Mind' and 'Body' are like two sides of the same coin”
This paper explores the role of Architectural technology in therapy and ultimately introduces the concept of “Therapeutic
architecture” to promote Holistic treatment center.

Keywords- Drug rehabilitation, Detoxification, Holistic treatment, Hydrotherapy, Virtual reality, Therapeutic nature

1. Introduction

India is beginning to see a rise in rehab canters across 2. Related work

the country. However, drug use is still considered 2.1 Therapeutic effect of Nature.
taboo and a very sensitive matter. Oftentimes, families
do not want to send their loved ones to a rehab in
India, because of shame or even fear. This is where
Holistic treatment comes in action. With holistic
approaches such as yoga, meditation, massage
therapy, hydrotherapy, physiotherapy and
acupuncture, patients may see improvements not only
in their rehabilitation but also in other parts of their
daily life. The key similarity between the techniques is
that they are intended, at the root, to treat the whole
person and improve overall well-being rather than
target a single element of an individual‘s symptoms or
Behaviors. Therapeutic architecture has evolved into a
recognized concept as a reaction against the austerity
Fig. 1. Nature as therapy
of modern treatment facilities. This concept embodies Source: Therapeutic effect of nature
the vision of well-designed architectural spaces that
encourage healing and human wellbeing. The goal is The term therapeutic architecture has evolved into a
to address the underlying reasons that led to the recognized concept as a reaction against the
destructive behavior in the first place. austerity of modern treatment facilities. This
concept embodies the vision of well-designed
architectural spaces that encourage healing and
Human wellbeing. The concept does not propose that
the architecture itself has the ability to heal, but that
the architectural manipulation of space can provide
the platform for other natural factors like Sound,
light, color, privacy, views, and even smell to
promote a healing environment that effects the
physical and psychological healing of patients. The
21th century, with its rapid technological
advancements and the fast paced evolution of
medical science in combination with the
architectural focus primarily on functionality and
rationality has in many cases resulted in our
inhumane healing environments. Modern
rehabilitation facilities are synonymous with the
prison system, in the way in which they function by
isolating individuals from the general public in
order to rehabilitate them. However, the exact
opposite is accomplished as the isolated institutional
atmosphere only delays rehabilitation and
consequently creates patients that come to be a
replication of their environment. Rehabilitation
facilities require organizational and security
measures. However, the therapeutic effects of such
an environment should outweigh any other
concerns. (Modem 1985)
The epidemiologic triangle identifies the
three factors that contribute to addiction relapse,
proposing that by disrupting at least one side of the
triangle, one can stop the continuation of disease.
Architecture can be used as a tool to disrupt the
epidemiologic triangle at the environmental level in
an attempt to positively change high risk
environments.
Fig. 2. The epidemiologic triangle
Source: American addiction centres.
2.2 Bio philia
The theory of bio philia suggests that humans have
an innate preference to connect with the natural
world. The integration of our natural surroundings
into our living areas can induce healing and positive
emotional changes, which have an indirect impact on
stress levels and physical and emotional well-being.
Four probable reasons for the beneficial
effects provided by nature:-
2.2.1 Physical activity which evidently stimulates
health.
2.2.2 Socializing is also in most cases directly
linked with nature, for example walking or
sitting on a bench in a park with a friend.
2.2.3 Nature provides a temporary escape from
our everyday reality.
2.2.4 Nature itself has a significant influence on
the mind. Bearing this in mind, do these
social and physical activities alone
contribute to healing and well-being.
People gain extra benefits from engaging in
these activities in a natural environment.
There are several ways in which nature can
contribute to health and well-being. Nature‘s
inherent beauty has the ability to promote stress
relief, improve moods and even induce mental
restoration. Society has begun to favor nature as a
result of our association with nature as a restorative
Experience, while we associate our everyday urban
settings with traffic, frustration, Congestion, stress,
crime and pollution, which result in our
psychological desire to escape it.
Fig. 3: Colour wheel of emotional psychology
Source: The lemon twist
There are 8 basic emotions: joy, trust, fear, surprise,
sadness, anticipation, anger, and disgust
Wheel of emotions illustrates these 8 basic emotions
and the various ways they relate to one another. This
framework helps bring clarity to emotions, which can
sometimes feel mysterious and overwhelming.
2.3 Role of Virtual Reality in treatment.
Fig. 4 .Chemistry of VR treatments
Source: Verdict VR therapy
Virtual reality technology has improved by leaps
and bounds over the past decade, transitioning from
a niche corner of the tech world into a global
phenomenon .This is one of the newest types of
treatment being used to help individuals with
disorders such as post-traumatic stress disorder
(PTSD) or drug addiction. Virtual reality (VR) for
treatment offers patients a simulated experience that
helps them face situations that may be traumatic or
that promote substance abuse in a controlled and
supervised environment. For individuals with a
substance use disorder, VR treatment triggers
cravings in a simulated environment and gives the
individual the opportunity to learn how to go
through that instance without using substances.
“We have to make it real. An alcohol dependent
person knows their drink and what it looks like.
If it‘s not the right color, if it doesn‘t look like a
real whisky, that‘s not going to make that
situation applicable to them.”
— BORDNICK
For those suffering from drug addiction,
finding a path to sobriety can seem like an
insurmountable task. Withdrawal symptoms can be
overwhelming and cause people to second-guess
their decision to be sober. Even after recovering
from withdrawal, the path ahead is fraught with
temptations and moments that can lead someone
back to addiction.
Fig. 5 .Working of VR treatments
Source: Verdict VR therapy
Inference: - Out of all the treatments EMDR, CBT
and TMS are the most effective one. VR treatment
tends to give better results as it triggers cravings
according to stimulated environment .As the
technology is new in market it is not practiced by
any rehabilitation centers in India.
3. Conclusion
For those suffering from drug addiction, finding a
path to sobriety can seem like an insurmountable
task. The main aim should focus to minimize the
resident‘s or the patient‘s anxiety and discomfort by
creating a home-like atmosphere and building a
rehabilitation centre with other holistic treatments
focusing on nature and technology as a therapy that
would benefit in removing the taboo from the
society. Also exploring opportunities to help
architecture and technology become a part of the
healing process in all ways possible. Ingredients
essential for stimulating environment:-
3.1 Transparency

3.2 Continuity

3.3 Layering

3.4 Diversity

3.5 The play of light and shadow and the experience

of nature

The role of virtual reality in treatments is changing

and improving the results for the patients. It should
be experimented and brought to practise for the
benefits of patients in India.

References

Virtualpune.com. (n.d.). Retrieved from

http://www.virtualpune.com

INDIA SPEND. (2015). Retrieved from

http://archive.indiaspend.com

(Psy. 2017). Psychodynamic theory and

implications 2017.

Matthew.t. (2014). The emotional cost of drug

rehab. New York.

Detox. (September 2009). Encyclopedia of drugs,

Volume 1.
 Career Development in Sports Management
Patil, Pranjal

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Sports Management is a relatively new concept in India taught in very few institutes across the country.
Sports and games are important for the development of an individual. Today, sports of several kinds are played
across nations and with the passage of time huge amounts of money, name, fame, and media attention have become
a basic part of any sport.

Keywords: Sports, games, management, activities, events, skills, profession, career.

1. Introduction
According to the UN report, the world’s Sports
management is the study of planning, supervising
and organizing various sporting activities like
international and domestic tournaments for cricket,
football, hockey, golf, and several other games.
(Hindu Businessline, n.d.)
India as a diverse nation faces the utmost
problem of unemployment, where sports as a career
option lit a ray of hope and uplifted the spirit of
making one’s passion as a career option. Sports
globally is one of the largest industries in terms of
employment and revenue generation. The Indian
Sports Industry currently contributes to 0.01-0.05%
of its GDP. Some interesting stats show that we are
not too far behind the European sports market in
terms of investments and money flow. The Indian
sports market grew leaps and bounds as it crossed
the US $1 Billion marks back in 2017 in
sponsorships, as reported by the Hindu Business
Line. (Hindu Businessline, n.d.)
Today, professional sports management
companies are mushrooming all across the country
especially in leading cities like Delhi, Mumbai,
Bangalore, Kolkata and Hyderabad and the need for
trained professionals in such companies has also
grown.
Some careers in Sports Management include the
likes of Sports Marketing which rose by 14% from
last year, Sports Events, Sports Journalism, Sports
Sponsorship, Sports Technology, Sports
Merchandising, Sports Medicine and Sports
Entrepreneurship. Not only are we doing well in
cricket, but it is interesting to understand how the
Indian sports market has developed in non-
cricketing sports like football as an example, whose
participation and viewership grew by a margin of
64% since India hosted the U17 World Cup. India
currently hosts 15 domestic leagues out of which
some of the budding leagues like Pro Badminton
League, Hockey India League, Ultimate Table
Tennis and the very new Pro Volleyball League.
2. Current scenario
The Indian sports sector is experiencing a sea of
changes with all-round developments initiated by
the government, the private sector as well as non-
profit organisations. The government is introducing
game-changing schemes such as ‘Khelo India’ to
address issues regarding infrastructure, talent
scouting and training facilitation. Private sector and
non-profit entities are also increasingly contributing
to the sector by organizing leagues and
tournaments, funding
talented sportsperson and getting involved in
grassroots development.
The growth and development of the Indian
sport industry is creating opportunities for
management professionals during a big variety.
Boosted by initiatives such as professional leagues
of developed sports, commercialization of
underdeveloped sports, professionalization of
heritage sports and increased corporate sector
investments, sports industry expects a faster growth
in shorter time frame. It has the potential to
overtake IT and related industries before 2020 in
every aspect. The sectors directly and indirectly
linked with the sports industry are as follows:
2.1. Goods and Apparel Industry
2.2. Medicine sector
2.3. Health and Fitness Coach
2.4. Commercialization
2.5. Tourism
The business of sport is a multi-billion-
Fig 1. Sectors linked with Sports industry
Source: Chase your sports
dollar industry which has never ending consumer
demand and an important market which is
increasing globally- Fan Engagement. Fan
Engagement is nothing but enhancing the viewer
experience through Social Media, OTT platforms,
TV, Radios etc. Thus, it opens an incredible
opportunity for content creators and designers
because the new era is driven by creative content
and data whereas when sports are talked about, it is
the most sellable product a marketer can hold on to.
Thus, it opens a wide range of opportunities
for content writers, graphic designers and animators
in the field of sports. Some interesting insights from
the industry reveal that in 2016 the viewership of
IPL rose to 110 million from 40 million in 2017 as
Star bought the digital rights of IPL. Cricbuzz, an
online platform owned by the Times Group
recorded a 40% jump in viewership where the
website had 30 Billion page views and 24 Billion
minutes spent by the readers.
Looking forward, with the introduction of new
technology, we have seen the rise of OTT platforms
like Hotstar in recent years which fetched huge
profits for the parent companies through Sports.
Also, we have seen the likes of Artificial
Intelligence introduced in sports which is used to
analyse player performance, team patterns,
strengths, weakness and various marketing
activities. An AI software named DeepStack
defeated 10 out of 11 world’s best poker players by
using AI’s new human-like ability-intuition.
3. Career and scope
By year 2025, at least 23 lakh people are expected
to become a part of the Indian sports industry. For
every 1,100 people on the field, India would need at
least 55 coaches, 15 track & field experts, 25 sports
medicine experts, 50 trainers, 22 sports nutrition
experts, 11 sports psychologists, 106 strength
trainers as well as competition managers, bio-
mechanical engineers, sports photographers, sports
journalists, sports management personnel, sports
law experts and event managers, according to a
FICCI 2014 report.
52 approved national sports federations in
India: These governing bodies which aim to
promote the respective sport as an industry in India
need professional sports managers always.

Fig 2. Scope in sports management
Source: Indianeducation.net
A course in sports management focuses on the
following areas:
3.1. Sports marketing
3.2. Sponsorship, marketing and merchandise of
sports
3.3. Sports finance & business
3.4. Sports management policy
3.5. Communication with the press and media
3.6. Sponsorship and broadcasting
3.7. Sports event staging
3.8. Knowledge about sports law on contracts and
drug use
3.9. Sports ethics and sports organization
3.10. Sports branding: Indian cricketer MS Dhoni
earned Rs.153 crores through advertisements/
endorsements as per a Forbes 2014 report.
Marketing/ branding therefore has got immense
scope in the field of sports. Sports marketing
managers & sponsorship managers will be in
demand soon.
3.11. Sports goods: Sports professionals who
understand the small print of sporting
merchandise are in demand in India as international
brands like Nike, Reebok, Adidas are increasing
their presence in the country.
3.12. Sporting event management: Event
management companies are hiring sports managers by
the dozen to accommodate the rising got to focus only
on sports related events. The sports calendar in India
is now chock-a-block with a spread of matches and
events. It started with just the IPL - Indian Premier
League (cricket) in 2008 and by now we have Hockey
India League (started in 2013), Pro Kabaddi League
(started in 2014), ISL
- Indian Super League (for football, started in
2013), Indian Badminton League (started in 2013)
and so on. There is going to be a great demand for
sports directors, operation managers,
communications & PR personnel, venue
management professionals, implementation
managers, sports administrators, and media.
3.13. Sports photography: Sports photographers
can work as freelancers, taking pictures at sporting
events and selling action shots to magazines,
newspapers and sports enthusiasts. Some sports
photographers work for sporting teams and
organizations and take pictures that are mass-
produced into commercial products. Sports
photographers who also work as journalists, known
as photo journalists. Photographers working in the
sports industry use their artistic vision to take
pictures of fast-moving athletes during live sporting
events using manual and digital cameras. Sports
photographers take many images during a sporting
event and then scan through the images to choose
the best photo for publication or sale. Although
some sports photographers use film-based cameras,
many have switched to digital cameras, allowing
the convenience of cropping and editing pictures on
a computer without wasting money on film and
printing supplies. As a result, many photographers
have become highly skilled with photo-enhancing
software programs.
Top colleges and institute for sports
management are as follows:
3.14. Alagappa University - Tamil Nadu
3.15. Indira Gandhi Institute of Physical Education
and Sports Science - New Delhi
3.16. Institute of Social Welfare and Business
Management - West Bengal
3.17. University of Technology and Management –
Meghalaya
3.18. International Institute of Sports Management –
Maharashtra
3.19. National Academy of Sports Management –
Maharashtra
3.20. Centurion University of Technology and
Management – Orissa
4. Overview
The sporting industry in India has been growing by
leaps and bounds ever since the inception of league-
based competitions and their growing popularity.
The past decade has been quite fruitful for the
Indian sports scene. The emergence of multiple
sporting leagues in different sports in India has
opened up a world of possibilities and has widened
the previously miniscule scope of activities. In
addition to Indian athletes faring increasingly well
in global sporting competitions, the sports industry
has also seen a massive influx of professionals that
work behind the scenes. Of the most prestigious
career paths that are available in the industry, sports
management degrees are the most sought after as
the chance to work with professional, national level,
international level and Olympic athletes attracts a
great many professionals from a variety of
disciplines. Athletic organizations require similar
models of financial, operational, and market
outreach support as do any other businesses, which
means the rudimentary skills required to do those
jobs in other fields can be applicable.
5. Conclusion
A sports management degree carries many benefits
and opportunities. You get to work in a field you
love, interacting with others who share your
passion. No matter where you would like to require
your degree and your unique talents, there’s an
exciting, fast-paced career ahead of you. The
students gain a comprehensive
understanding of the multi-dimensional importance
and therefore the value of sport.
The students gain a comprehensive
understanding of the multi-dimensional importance
and the value of sport. The candidates would also
acquire business skills relating to public relations,
marketing and entrepreneurship, which would assist
them in the administration of institutions engaged
in various sporting activities.
The students are exposed to the tools and
techniques of sports administration including those
of event management as well as acquaint them with
contemporary trends and issues in sport. The sports
science section would cover medicine, sports
psychology, sports physiology, and sports therapy
and health promotion. It helps students develop
administrative skills which are necessary for
managing the media, sports celebrities and officials.
References
(n.d.). Retrieved from Indian Education Website:
https://www.indiaeducation.net/managemen
t/streams/sports-management.aspx
IndianEducation.(2018).
Majumdar, R. (2019, Jan 24). Chase your sport.
Retrieved from Website:
https://www.chaseyoursport.com/Career-in-
Sports/Top-5-Sports-Management
Institutesin-India/363
Post University. (n.d.). Retrieved from
Website:
https://post.edu/blog/2016/12/5-benefits
sportsmanagement/
 Revitalization of water bodies in villages.

Patil, Ruta

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Indian cities as well as rural villages are facing a water crisis due to loss of watershed, increasing pollution
levels, deteriorating water balance, encroachment, illegal constructions and a dire lack of groundwater recharge. Although
there are polices for protection and restoration of water bodies, they remain insufficient and ineffective in the face of such
complexities. To meet the increasing need for water and improving the health of water bodies is extremely important.
Revival and rejuvenation of water bodies in rural villages is especially important from a public health perception as they
provide various ecosystem services that are required to manage biodiversity, microclimate and nutrient cycling. The most
vital step in finding solutions to problems of water and environmental conservation is to change people's attitudes and
habits, this includes each one of us. Considering this alarming situation of rural waterbodies, this paper discusses the
present status of protection and management of lakes or waterbodies and the challenges in the current management and
protection approach. The paper also highlights some techniques for creating awareness among citizens.

Keywords: Water, conservation techniques, water pollution, groundwater recharging, bio-diversity,

environment.
1. Introduction
India is endowed with distinctive and extremely
diverse traditional waterbodies found in different
parts of the country, commonly known as lakes,
ponds, tanks, bawdis, talabs and others. Water
needs no introduction, the importance of this is
acknowledged to one and all. However, despite
water being the basic human need, this valuable
resource is being wasted, polluted and getting
depleted. They play significant role in maintaining
and restoring the ecological balance. They act as
sources of drinking water, recharge groundwater,
support biodiversity, and provide livelihood
opportunities to a large number of people.
Currently, a major water crisis is being faced
by India, where 100 million individuals are on the
frontlines of a nationwide water crisis and many
major cities facing an acute water shortage. One of
the major reasons is our increasing carelessness and
lack of conservation of waterbodies.
Since independence, the government has taken
control over the waterbodies and water supply by
providing various source of information and creating
awareness regarding water conservation. In spite of
facilities provided people over time, has led to the
neglect of waterbodies and catchments areas.
According to the National institute of urban affairs
article published in 2016 violation of waterbodies
has been identified as a major cause of floods in
Mumbai (2005), Uttarakhand (2013), Jammu and
Kashmir (2014) and Chennai (2015). The root
cause of such recent calamity is improper care of
the resources.
2. Threats for water bodies:
Although water bodies have significant ecological
functions and recognized social and economic uses,
pond ecosystems are threatened by a number of
human activities, of which the most important
include increased nutrient loading, acid rain,
contamination and invasion of exotic species
(Bro¨nmark and Hansson, 2002). Huge numbers of
ponds have vanished from the landscape. If humans
continue to interfere, water bodies will have less
water tomorrow, recharge less groundwater and
will also affect the micro climate. Generally, water
bodies lose water when they are drained for land
reclamation to convert buildings, parks, etc. Water
bodies are also partially affected when they lose
their sands or banks to similar developments.
Another big enemy of water body is the
pollution caused by man-made factors. Discharge of
urban or rural sewage directly into lakes or rivers is
compounded by the problem of pouring of chemical
wastes into water bodies, making them unfit for
drinking, washing or recreation. Large-scale
submergence of big festive idols using non-
biodegradable material on festival days into water
bodies aggravates the situation. Pollution often
results in spreading diseases, especially among the
poor who unwittingly use the water for domestic
needs. Odor pollution can also affect the quality of
life, recreation and tourism. Improper use of water
bodies or pollution even in villages is a matter of
concern. Even vehicles are taken into the lake beds
or lakefronts for washing and discharging oil
wastes. This can soak into groundwater and village
wells with major consequences on water needs of
the villagers. Worse is the overuse of chemical
fertilizers and pesticides in farm fields, the run-off
from which enters water bodies.
3. Why lakes are an essential part of an
ecosystem:
Lakes and ponds are an integral part of any
ecosystem; they sustain vast biological diversity
and help in preserving the ecological balance of a
region and support life. A freshwater source is a
boon to the people living around it as well as the
flora and fauna in villages. The primary function of
lakes includes:
2.1 Recharge of groundwater
2.2 Flood mitigation and erosion control
2.3 A habitat for diverse flora and fauna
2.4 Recreational activity and tourism
Lakes and wetlands are beneficial in a number of
ways, which is why it is of the utmost importance
to preserve them.
4. Challenges in lake management in India:
Despite various acts, policies and
organizations a number of urban water bodies are in
a shame. This means there are definitely some gaps
in our current lake protection system which must be
addressed for an effective management of urban
waterbodies.
Some of these gaps/challenges include:
4.1 Lack of clear and definition of lakes
One of the problems for an effective protection of
urban lakes is lack of a clear definition of a ‘lake’.
The definition provided under the guideline of
National Lake Conservation Plan (NLCP)
acknowledges only wide hydrological criteria to
state a water body as a lake. According to NLCP, a
waterbody should have a minimum water depth of
3m and should cover a water spread of more than
ten hectares to be considered as a lake. This
definition overlooks the fact that the water depth
and spread keep changing every year depending on
the various environmental factors. Therefore,
instead of providing any identity or protection to a
lake, this limited criterion actually works in the
favour of corrupt elements of the society for whom
the only significance of a waterbody is its land
value.
4.2 Lack of data/information of lakes
India has a number of lakes, but statistics about
their existence is extremely hazy as there is no
orderly or scientific census of lakes. In several
cases, we do not even have precise data on the
number of waterbodies that exist in a particular
area. For example, in 2001, on the order of High
Court a joint survey committee assessed the number
of natural waterbodies in Delhi and came up with a
list of 508 waterbodies, which differed from a count
of 794 submitted by TAPAS (a Delhi based NGO).
For specimen, in many cases lakes have been given
different names by various departments, hence it
becomes difficult to find and identify the lake itself
at the first place. This situation underlines the fact
that the urban water bodies will continue to be
under stress, encroached and manipulated to be
used for alternative uses.
4.3 Lack of systematic strategy and
coordination:
One of the prime reasons behind the deteriorating
situation of urban lakes is a complete lack of an
effective institutional framework to manage
waterbodies, which simply does not exist in our
cities. Though, there are a number of government
and non-government organization working for the
protection of waterbodies, there is no systematic
strategy and coordination among them. Under this
initiative, a large amount of funds has been spent on
various projects to fast track urban development.
However, the way the proposed projects have been
executed so far completely lacks a systematic
planning and coordination among the project areas,
agencies and stakeholders. As a result, where one
area of urban development has been upgraded using
these funds, the other area has been damaged
immensely, that also includes, in many cases, the
nearby waterbodies to the project area.
5. Measures to conserve water bodies:
Strict regulations to conserve our water bodies and
prevent their misuse should be brought in, it is
equally important to have an attitudinal change in
our civic bodies, governments and local
administration like municipal corporations and
panchayats. Equally significant is the approach to
conservation of lakes and ponds by citizens and
courts of law. There was an incident in village of
Kerala where stalled and stopped an industry from
over exploitation of groundwater. Not everywhere
is the public fully aware of the consequences of
their water bodies being affected in any manner.
Therefore, campaigns must be launched by
administrations, NGO’s, civil society organizations,
experts, community leaders and citizens to conserve
water bodies. Civic authorities should report and
enforce plans for development and demarcating
water bodies and refuse to allow diversions or
deviations and not allow any occupation on them.
To tackle pollution, laws and regulations
should be propagated and enforced prohibiting
discharge of industrial and domestic pollutants into
water bodies. Inlets and outlets of water bodies
should not be clogged by encroachments. Non-
biodegradable matter including festive idols should
not be allowed to be immersed in water bodies like
ponds, lakes and rivers. Panchayats should keep
watch against pollution of water bodies. Examples
of optimum use of water as practiced in deserts and
arid areas and in countries like Israel should be set
before the government, other authorities and the
people. It would be ideal to have a statutory
authority in each taluka to enforce safe conservation
of water bodies and order prompt action to
pollution. Artificial groundwater recharge
programme can't be the long-term explanation
unless they are supported with measures to
conserve soil, increase natural vegetation and
preserve existing waterbodies in rural as well as
urban regions.
5.1 Action needs to be taken towards:
Attaining sustainability: Emphasis on long-
term goals, operation and maintenance should be
included along with the allocation of budget.
Success of the lakes should be tested on all
three fronts namely economic, environmental and
social. Many studies point that a deliberate effort
has to be made on the social front for which better
publicity of the environmental benefits of the
project and enhancing environmental
responsiveness, especially among the local
community is required. Local villagers should be
made aware of lake conservation and how lakes or
waterbodies can create a space for recreation as
well as the environmental benefits.
6. Strategies to conserve water bodies:
6.1 Government contribution:
6.1.1 Education is crucial for promoting
sustainable development and improving the
capacity of the people to address the environment
and development issue.
6.1.2 Public awareness should be recognized as a
process by which human beings and societies can
teach their fullest potential.
6.1.3 Government with the help of non government
authorities can organize various trainings to aware
the people.
6.1.4 With the help of social media, motivational
speeches and videos, we can give training to the
individuals.
6.2 NGO’s role:
6.2.1 NGOs play important role in rural
development of India. NGOs acts as Planner &
Implementers of Developmental Plans and perform
a variety of services & Humanitarian.
6.2.2 NGOs play role in co-ordination,
collaboration and bridge the communication
between the govt., private sectors.
6.2.3 The NGOs has a significant role for protection
of environment through social services.
6.3 People’s role:
6.3.1 Inculcating hygienic behavior and practices.
6.3.2 Inculcating respect for the cultural heritage.
6.3.3 Volunteerism: activities for promotion of
voluntarism like Bharat Nirman.
Times of India (July 26, 2013),
Activists lash out at government for
vanishing water bodies in Hyderabad,
Retrieved from
http://www.thehindu.com/news/cities/Hyde
rabad/activists-lashout-at-government-for-
vanishing-water-bodies-in-
hyderabad/article3685778.ece

7. Conclusion:

Water pollution and issues regarding maintaining

lake fronts will not disappear by themselves. On the
contrary, they will worsen unless we, as a global
community, respond and use water responsibly and
preserve the lakes and ponds. So, before it is too
late, we as individuals, families, communities,
companies & institutions should pledge towards
using water wisely. Intelligence is not in lavishness
but in conservation and preserving the natural
creation (water bodies), so that our future
generations can continue to enjoy the lakefronts and
water bodies as a recreation. There must be a
complete ban on construction activities in the
catchment area and domestic waste water from
catchment villages should not be allowed to enter
the lake.

References

Bhaduri, A. (2012, September 10).

Churning Still Water (2012), Centre for
Science and Environment, New Delhi.

Conservation and Management of Lakes-An Indian

Perspective (2010), Ministry of
Environment and Forests, New Delhi.

Conservation of Water Bodies -. (2018).

Retrieved From
https://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/
10603/203913/10/10_chapter%202.pdf

Protection and Management of Urban lakes in

India. (2012, February). Retrieved from
http://www.saconenvis.nic.in/publication/Lak
e%20Protection%20and%20Management%2
0of%20Urba n%20Lakes%20in%20India.pdf
 A Study of vehicular junctions and vehicular
accidents in Mumbai
Patil, Saish

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Road transport sector plays a vital role in development of any country especially developing country like India.
Ironically, the sector is also one of the most unsafe, responsible for death and injuries of millions of people throughout the
world. Road safety is an issue of prime importance. Also these road accidents result in serious social and economic
problems. Road safety is growing social concern in the present day world.
The effectiveness of road safety and the reasons for vehicular accidents is the main objective of this paper. It aims to find
solutions for the vehicular accidents at vehicular nodes. A literature review was carried out, to summarize the existing
research findings with respect to the safety and non-safety effects. The statistics of Mumbai’s four junctions is considered for
understanding the basic conditions of junctions and their traffic movement. Few basic statistics of accidents at these
junctions are presented in the paper. The identification of the issues related to junctions that cause vehicular accidents and
the solutions to these problems has been attempted in this paper. Details about how conflict points lead to vehicular
accidents and traffic movement and how they could be avoided is given in this paper.

Keywords: Junctions, Vehicular accidents, Traffic movement, Conflict points.

1. Introduction
Maharashtra is considered second worst in road
fatalities. 13261 deaths were reported in the
previous year. As per the Ministry of Road
Transport and Highways, there has been an increase
by 8.1% increase in accident deaths in the state in
2018 as compared to 2017 (Natu, 2019). As per
Kailash Korde, a journalist of Hindustan Times,
between January 2019 and June 2019 Mumbai
witnessed 1,496 road accidents which is highest
among 10 cities and 33 districts in Maharashtra –
according to the data from state government. A total
of 206 people died, while 1,538 others were injured
in these accidents. (Korde, 2019)
2. Black Spots
In Mumbai there are 58 ‘black spots’ for road
accidents which accounted for around 200 deaths in
the past three years. An accident prone region is
designated as a ‘Black Spot’. These black spots
which are short stretches where the accidents
/fatalities take place repeatedly get created on the
road network due to various reasons such as
commissions & omissions in the development
projects, changes in the road side environment,
changes in developmental scenario in the region,
unplanned developments /unauthorized
constructions on/ near the roads like advertisement
boards, Poles, statues, buildings, trees, bushes etc.
Thus the formation of these black spots is a
continuous process.
Out of these 58 black spots, the authorities
have decided to resolve 20 of the worst black spots.
Out of these black spots, the major areas are
‘junctions’ (nodes), which lead to accidents. The
Godrej Ghoda Gate Signal junction in Vikhroli had
11 deaths in 28 accidents, Mahim Causeway
junction towards Sealink had 10 deaths in 31
accidents, Chembur junction had 7 deaths in 31
accidents, the Aarey junction opposite to NESCO
had 6 deaths in 25 accidents and so on.

Fig. 1. Godrej ghoda gate signal junction in Vikroli
Source: Mid-day
Fig. 2. Aarey junction opposite to NESCO
Source: Mumbai Mirror
3. Junctions
A junction is where intersection of roads takes place.
Such junctions are major causes of traffic congestion
and vehicular accidents. Junctions tend to have higher
share of road accidents or crashes compared to
midblock sections of road. The main objective behind
the provision of junctions is to increase convenience,
comfort and enhancement of efficient movement of all
road users. They are intended to operate where
vehicles must share space with other vehicles and
pedestrians. The horizontal as well as the vertical
layout of the junctions should also be properly worked
out, as the poor integration of these two elements
usually results in a junction that is less safe and
uncomfortable for use.
4. Causes of accidents at junctions
Some of the major causes of accidents at junctions
are over speeding, improper view of the adjacent
roads, confusion of drivers, drink and drive and use
of mobile phones while driving.
4.1. Over Speeding
Over Speeding is one of the major causes of road
accidents at junctions. Drivers tend to turn their
vehicle at the speed which they are while driving at
straight roads and end up dashing into each other.
Vehicles go out of control due to over speeding
when some vehicle suddenly comes in front of them
which ultimately lead to accidents. The rate of
accidents due to over speeding is more in
youngsters rather than the experienced drivers.
4.2. Improper view of adjacent roads
Another major cause of vehicular accidents at
junction is the impaired vision of the driver due to
the obstructed view of adjacent roads caused by
infrastructure. In the case of Mumbai a lot of
junctions have buildings or other urban
infrastructure which block the view of adjacent
roads leading to accidents. Vehicles coming from
two or more adjacent roads do not know if there is
another vehicle coming from adjacent road and
collide into each other making it one of the most
common reasons for accidents at junctions.
4.3. Scale and proportion
Scale and proportions have always played a crucial
role in spiritual architecture. Some merge into the
fabric of the neighboring community, others stand
out as landmarks, easily recognized for their special
purpose. Generally, the spaces take a monumental
scale to create an atmosphere of terror, mystery and
magnificence. By coming into such spaces, whose
proportions are inhuman, the visitor has a chance to
enter a completely different mind-set.
4.4. Confusion of drivers
Many times it is the driver who gets confused to
choose the correct path or the drive way at
junctions which ends up with accidents. Drivers
often get confused on the selection of path and stop
the vehicle in the middle of the road creating
chances of collision.
4.5. Use of mobile phones and drink and drive
Another major cause of accidents at junctions is the
use of mobile phones while driving and drink and
drive cases. However, this is not only the cause of
accidents at junctions in Mumbai but a universal
cause of accidents at any kind of road network.
These are the major causes of accidents around any
patch of the road.

5. Solution for Accidents at Junctions

Since there are many reasons for vehicular
accidents at junctions, similarly there are some
solutions which can be used to tackle these
problems. Usually, the methods that can be
implemented to solve these problems are usage of
Fig. 4. Channelization of junction
warning signs, channelization of traffic, provision
Source: Author
of staggered junctions, use of roundabout or traffic
island, traffic signals, use of interchanges or grade
5.3. Provision of staggered junctions
separators, etc.
A regular four way junction has 16 conflict points
5.1. Usage of a warning sign and 9 conflict points on three way junctions. By
provision of staggered junctions at a four way
This could be normally used where the traffic junction these 16 conflict points are reduced to 9
volume is less. The hump or commonly known as
conflict points. Similar is the case with three way
speed breakers is one of the most common warning junctions.
signs for prevention of accidents. The speed breaker
compels the driver to slow down the speed of the 5.4. Use of roundabout or traffic island
vehicle to avoid any possible clash with other
vehicles. However, this method is not functional on A rotary intersection is called as ‘roundabout’ or
heavy traffic roads as it slows down the traffic traffic island. This emerges from a road around a
movement. central island. The advantage of this traffic island is
that it reduces the speed of the vehicles while
5.2. Channelization of traffic taking turn, either left or right, particularly the right
turn where the chance of conflict is more. In this
Channelization of traffic leads to confinement of
method the vehicle moving straight merges with the
vehicles to definite paths. Accidents are more likely traffic coming from other side and diverges in the
when drivers have free choice of routes creating
middle and merges in the end before leaving the
conflicting movements. By channelization of traffic
rotary. These merging points are known as
points of conflict could be separated in such a way
‘weaving sections’. Four weaving sections are
that the driver faces only one decision at a time.
formed due to this process.
This reduces confusion and accidents.

Fig. 3. Channelization of junction

Source: Author
Fig. 5. Use of roundabout
Source: Author
5.5. Traffic signals
Traffic signals are indicated in three colours red,
amber and green. Red indicates stop for the moving
vehicles, amber indicates that the driver can start
his vehicle meanwhile the pedestrian traffic can
cross the road or other vehicles from adjacent roads
can continue with their path and the green indicated
the vehicles to move ahead. Traffic signals are
adopted where traffic volumes are large at
intersections. These signals are not only meant for
vehicles but for pedestrian movement as well.
5.6. Use of interchanges or grade separators
In this technique, a new separate road is constructed
on the existing road to free the traffic without any
collision or conflict. The interchanges can be of
various types. The simplest and the most common
interchange is to have a fly-over. There are also
other types of interchanges such as the cloverleaf
and diamond shaped interchange out of which the
cloverleaf is most common type of interchange.
References
Goulias, K. G. (2007). Transport Science and
Technology. Elsevier.
Korde, K. (2019, August 21). Mumbai saw
most accidents in Maharashtra in first
six months of 2019. Hindustan Times.
Mobility and Transport. (n.d.). Retrieved
February 2020, from Official website of
the European Union:
https://ec.europa.eu/transport/road_safet
y/specialist/knowledge/road/getting_init
ial_safety_design_principles_right/junct
ions_en
Natu, N. (2019, November 17). Maharashtra
jumps to second spot for road fatalities,
with 1 .. Times of India.
Prasad, R. (2017). Road Safety – Engineering
interventions & Black. Kolkata.
Rao, M. P. (2001). Urban Planning - Theory &
Practice. CBS Publishers &
Distributors Pvt. Ltd.
Rao, S. (2020, January 12). Warning! These are
Mumbai's most accident-prone spots.
Mumbai Mirror.

Fig. 6. Provision of flyover Fig. 7. Cloverleaf model

Source: Author Source: Author

6. Conclusion
Despite of such issues and problems faced at
junctions, these junctions can function properly.
This can happen only if proper care and
consideration of all factors that can cause problems
for the users and proper functioning of the junction
are considered during the planning stage. All
aspects to avoid conflict points and to improve
traffic movement at junctions need to be taken care
of while designing junctions. Even after all these
considerations of planning it is important for every
person to follow traffic rules and regulations and
follow the ethics of riding while driving a vehicle.
 Understanding the effects of transition in the building
typology on the social fabric of rural Konkan

Prabhu, Yash

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: The rural Konkan region of Maharashtra predominantly used locally available materials to build structures based
on evolved contextual of architecture. These building have huge impacts on the social fabric of the locals. However, instead
of evolving as it has before, the construction industry has rapidly shifted and the typology is giving away to a modern and
urban form inspired by nearby cities. What could be the repercussions of this on the social fabric of the region? To analyse
this, two temples in the Kudal district of Sindhudurg in the Konkan region, were compared on a basis of sensorial,
associational and experiential characteristics. This paper attempts to take the temple as a centric activity to define and
discuss this transition in the context of impact on the social fabric.

Keywords: Associational, Sensorial and Experiential narratives, social fabric, rural urban transition

1.1. Understanding the cause of the transition

1. Introduction
A person grows through a series of events and
Buildings and lifestyle of rural Konkan are
experiences that drive the way his/her brain and
undergoing a transition from traditional to modern.
body works. Thus each person becomes a unique
Availability of information and resources due to
individual having a unique identity. Along with
globalization and industrialization sparked this change
this, in any particular region a number of
that has abruptly taken over the construction industry
individuals go through similar experiences, which
in the past decade. Along with this, the government
forms groups of individuals having a wide range of
implemented a tourism based development strategy
hierarchical uniformity among them.
which is being executed by the private sector. This has
boosted the rate at which this typology is mobilized. These experiences emerge through
This new type of development influenced the locals Associational, Sensorial and Experiential narratives
who have started to reconstruct houses, schools, created by spatial qualities of a structure. I.e.
temples and all kinds of other infrastructure according architecture interacts with the perceiver through
to this new trend. these spatial qualities. These narratives vary in
different surroundings thus if we compare
The number of temples in this region is very
vernacular and the modern environments, the
high and they have a very significant impact on the
stimulations categorized as healthy or unhealthy
day to day lives of the people. Apart from this, just
(Physically and psychologically) will differ.
like every other structure, temples are rapidly being
reconstructed. This is why they are chosen as a Modern surroundings tend to have artificially
medium to discuss this transition. regulated and created environments. There also is a
global monotony in the building typology with
Two temples in particular were studied,
minor contextual differences. If the epoch of the
namely, the Bhagwati Devi temple in Dhamapur
concept of breaking free would be “paradise”, then
and the Shree Lingeshwar temple in Kalse. These
the concept of paradise to a modern setting would
temples are on a walk able distance from one
be very closely related to nature. On the contrary, in
another and are of political, social and spiritual
a vernacular setting, the monotony is nature, and
importance. The Bhagwati Devi temple is over two
the global character is missing which is why most
hundred years old and the Lingeshwar temple has
communities in villages tend to get attracted to
been reconstructed in 2013.
cities or the lifestyle in a city.
 In both the cases the general tendency is to
escape monotony due to an external influence to
something that the individual or group does not
possess but wishes to have.
2. Methodology
The article focuses on carrying out a comparative
analysis between the two temples. It brings together
multiple dimensions of both the temples to
understand their effects on human psychology and
social life through observations on human
behaviour and activities happening within. Data
was collected on site on August 2019 by
documentation of the temples, visual analysis and
conducting interviews.
3. The case of Bhagwati Devi temple and
Shree Lingeshwar temple
Discontinuity is the basic characteristic of Maratha
tradition, which was brought into existence by the
reinstatement of temple building activity after
outstating Islamic building practices. Along with
this, Maratha architecture emerged through the
revival and survival of skills and hybridization of
disparate architectural vocabularies of Indian and
Islamic origin.
Fig. 1 Bhagwati Devi temple
Source: Picture captured by the Author
The Bhagwati Devi temple at Dhamapur was
constructed by King Nagesh Desai in the third
phase of the Maratha temple architecture in
Konkan. The temple is a load bearing structure,
with walls and columns in stone covered by a
timber framed roof as seen in Fig. 1.
As explained earlier, there has been a rise in
reconstruction of these temples. The purpose of
these temples has also evolved over the years as
now the temples are not only constructed for
spiritual value but also to showcase power and
pride. And sadly the concept of power and pride is
related to similarity of the structure to that in the
cities. Due to this the temples that are constructed
have urban characteristics.
Fig. 2. Shree Lingeshwar temple
Source: Picture captured by the Author
The Lingeshwar temple is an example of this
newer typology. It is a Shiva temple with an Orissa
style roof over the Ardhamandapa and Garbagriha.
It is an RCC framed structure with a pitched roof
over the Mahamandapa as seen in Fig. 2.
4. Comparative analysis
The analysis is based on the Sensorial,
Associational and Experiential narratives of the
temples.
Bhagwati Devi temple Shree Lingeshwar temple

1.1. Sensorial
1.1.1. Visual and physical thresholds

Fig. 1. Diagram showing division of spaces Fig. 3. Diagram showing division of spaces
Source: Diagram created by the Author Source: Diagram created by the Author
The threshold ab (Fig. 3.) between the Mahamandapa and The threshold ab (Fig. 5.) between the Mahamandapa
Ardhamandapa is visual and not physical (steps), because and Ardhamandapa is physical (Railing and jaaliwork),
of which both the spaces are perceived as one whole because of which both the spaces are perceived as two
space. separate spaces.

Fig. 4. Diagram showing edge condition of the Mahamandapa

Fig. 2. Diagram showing edge condition of the Mahamandapa Source: Diagram created by the Author
Source: Diagram created by the Author The edge has a sitting area (Fig. 6.) which physically
The edge is free of any physical barrier (Fig. 4.), because separates it from the exterior making it introverted in
of which the space becomes extroverted in nature.
nature.

1.1.2. Mass and volume

Fig. 6. Diagram showing the division of masses along the

Fig. 5. Diagram showing the division of masses along the horizontal axis
horizontal axis Source: Diagram created by the Author
Source: Diagram created by the Author The Mahamandapa is one single entity (Fig. 9.). Thus the
The Mahamandapa is visually divided in three partitions mass is perceived for what it actually is. This creates a
by the layer of timber beams. This makes A and B (Fig.7.) sense of inferiority in the perceiver as seen in Fig. 10.
the effectively perceived space, as seen in Fig.8. Because
of this the perceiver does not feel inferior to the
structure as seen in Fig.9.
.

Fig. 7. View of the Mahamandapa

Source: Picture captured by the Author Fig. 8. View of the Mahamandapa
Source: Picture captured by the Author

Fig. 9. Diagram showing the division of masses along the vertical axis
Source: Diagram created by the Author Fig. 11. Diagram showing the division of masses along the vertical axis
Source: Diagram created by the Author
The Mahamandapa is visually divided in three partitions
The Mahamandapa is visually divided in three partitions
by a series of columns. Since A and C (Fig. 11.) are open
by the series of columns. Since A and C (Fig. 13.) are
to the outside (Fig. 12.), it seems to be horizontally wider
enclosed by to the sitting
than it is.
area, the space feels
restricted as seen in Fig. 14.

Fig. 12. View of the edge

condition of the Mahamandapa
Source: Picture captured by the
Author

Fig. 10. View of the edge condition of the Mahamandapa

Source: Picture captured by the Author

Fig. 13. Schematic section through the Garbagriha and the

Pradakshina
Source: Diagram created by the Author
The Garbagriha is a temple in itself (Fig. 15.), covered by
a secondary roof. The light entering from the gap in Fig. 14. Schematic section through the Garbagriha and the Pradakshina
Source: Diagram created by the Author
between the roof and the exterior wall falls on the walls A change in material or images is seen to divert attention
of the Garbagriha. Along with this, the slope in the roof
guides the perceivers’ eyes towards the Garbagriha. The to the Garbagriha. The Mahamandapa has a dome that
access to the Garbagriha is restricted. rests above a depression in the plinth.

Fig. 15. Schematic section through the Ardhamandapa

Source: Diagram created by the Author
The roof over the Ardhamandapa is a single pyramidal
mass. Although length and the breadth of the area is so
small that it is difficult to capture the roof in a single
sight from the inside, because of which the perceiver
does not feel suppressed by the massive roof, but still
has the knowledge of its size.
Fig. 16. Schematic section through the Ardhamandapa
Source: Diagram created by the Author
The Roof is a dome that has a chandelier hanging at its
center. The sitting areas are oriented towards the center
and the entire area can be captured in a single visual
frame.

Fig. 17. Diagram showing the central and adjacent axis Fig. 18. Diagram showing the central axis and the massing of areas
Source: Diagram created by the Author Source: Diagram created by the Author
Imaginary planes AB and CD (Fig. 19.) are formed by the Area ABCD (Fig. 20) is the transition between the
arranged columns that guide the visitors view towards Ardhamandapa, the Garbagriha and the Pradakshina.
the opening in the Garbagriha. Also the area is spacious Although the area cannot occupy a group of people at the
enough to occupy multiple devotees at a single time. same time and the transition is very sudden.
1.1.3. Colour and finishing
The temple has four finishes; polished timber, oil paint The floor, walls, columns and furniture is all cladded with
on stone, lime plaster on stone and the glossy locally Rajasthan marble and granite of colour white with
available tiles. detailing in grey black and brown. Apart from this there is
The combination of these is simple. One can see the a slight use of timber in the doors, windows and
transition as he/she looks from bottom to top. The light furniture. The ceiling is painted white in the
reflection quality of each material changes. The tiles on Mahamandapa and a false ceiling is constructed
the ground reflect the most, then the lime finished walls, everywhere else which is also in white. Chandeliers are
then the colourful columns stand out with a glow and also hanged in certain places.
the timber and Mangalore tile roof reflect the least. This creates a calm and serene environment.
Due to this, the perceiver feels alive. The darker ceilings
orient the perceivers’ eyes towards the surrounding and
the bright lit Garbagriha.
1.1.4. Light
All areas except the Garbagriha are naturally and The lighting in the Lingeshwar temple is mostly artificial.
efficiently lit. The Garbagriha and the Ardhamandapa are The Mahamandapa and the Ardhamandapa area
supposed to have vital social activities, so they are bright naturally lit but due to the size of openings it is not
in nature. On the other hand, the Antarala, and the comfortable. Because of this artificial light, the temple
Pradakshina are comparatively dark. Due to natural light has a monotonous character.
these spaces change their character throughout the day
and year.
1.1.5. Visual frames
 Fig. 20. Diagram showing number of frames captured by the human
Fig. 19. Diagram showing number of frames captured by the human
eye.
eye.
Source: Diagram created by the Author
Source: Diagram created by the Author
As demonstrated in Fig. 22., when distance between
As demonstrated in Fig. 21., when distance between
columns is more, the frames created are less in number
columns is less, the frames created by the Rhythmic
and larger in size due to which the space becomes
arrangements of the columns are more in number and
visually open conditioning the mind to be calm.
smaller in size due to which the space becomes multi-
fold when perceived creating a high level of triggering
and kinaesthetic movements.

1.2. Associational
1.2.1. Spatial sequence and circulation

Fig. 21. View of the Mahamandapa Fig. 22. Diagram showing the organized use of space of the
Source: Picture captured by the Author Mahamandapa.
The movement in the Mahamandapa is organic in Source: Diagram created by the Author
nature. The plan is open, without any specifically defined All spaces in this temple are designed for specific and
activity spaces. This is the reason why the movement is definite activities. The flexibility in usage is less. As seen
not defined and can change according to the use of in Fig.24, the areas surrounding the yellow region create
space. a linear path towards the Garbagriha.

1.2.2. Interaction

Fig. 23. Diagram showing change in the level of interaction because Fig. 24. Diagram showing change in the level of interaction because of
of the distance in between seats. the distance in between seats.
Source: Diagram created by the Author Source: Diagram created by the Author
The distance in between two seats is less, leading to The distance in between two seats is more, leading to
ease in communication and interaction. less communication and interaction.

1.2.3. The alchemy of time and space

Being a vernacular temple, the material used are natural Since the temple is majorly constructed in concrete, it is
and the construction is not monolithic which means monolithic and has a long lifespan. Therefore, only the
almost every deteriorated element can be replaced or finishing materials like the false ceiling, exterior and
renewed. Also, the item is usually naturally degradable, interior paint and interior cladded walls will deteriorate.
i.e. it came from the ground and can go into the ground. These are replaced /renewed by paid labour.
Also the items are replaced, restored by locals, which
help in maintaining a sense of ownership in them.
1.2.4. Activities
The temple has two types of activity realms; social and On a regular basis, the temple is used for praying by the
spiritual. locals and tourists. People come here to sit and
The Mahamandapa and the Ardhamandapa are areas introspect, think and calm their minds. The activities in
where social activities are performed. People carry out the Ardhamandapa and the Mahamandapa are the same.
their daily chores like reading newspapers, cutting and Occasionally, the Mahamandapa is used for aartis and
cleaning vegetables, studying, playing games, taking a bhajans. It is also used for conducting yagnas and havans.
nap, feeding dogs etc. Along with this, there is a lot of The Garbagriha is big enough for the poojas and other
tourist movement too. Apart from this, the customaries to be performed by the poojari. The
Mahamandapa is used for occasionally conducting plays, devotees pray and conduct other customaries inside the
dramas, bhajans and aartis etc. The Ardhamandapa is Garbagriha.
used to perform yagnas and poojas.
The poojari sits in the Antarala, where he performs
poojas and other daily chores. The devotees do their
prayers and other customaries here. The Garbagriha is
where the idol is placed.

4.3. Experiential

Fig. 25. Plan of the Temple. (Dim. in meters) Fig. 26. Plan of the Temple. (Dim. in meters)
Source: Plan drafted by the Author Source: Plan drafted by the Author
As derived earlier, the nature of the Mahamandapa (A in The Nature of the Mahamandapa (A in Fig. 28) is very
Fig. 27) is very comforting in terms of the amount of light formal. The spaces are clearly classified as per activities
and the quality of space. Because of this, the locals and the overall mass makes the perceiver direct their
perform social activities without hesitation, and tourists view towards the Garbagriha.
also comfortably take part in these activities. The Ardhamandapa (B in Fig. 28) is disparate from the
As one climbs up onto the Ardhamandapa (B in Fig. 27), Mahamandapa when one sits there. The overall feel of
the two columns act as a gateway that gradually diffuse the space makes the user feel awed by the structure and
the Mahamandapa and the Ardhamandapa together at the same times makes the user feel serene and calm.
with a subtle distinction. The degree of enclosure The entrance to the Garbagriha (C in Fig. 28) is a
increases gradually. discrete area which has maximum activity but, is
The procession into the Antarala (C in Fig. 27) through a congested which makes the user feel trapped. The
small door is a transitional journey from the mandate transition is sudden and the quality of the space makes
realm into the spiritual realm. In the dark character of the user to move to the next area.
the Antarala, the deity in the Garbagriha (E in Fig. 27) is
the object in focus and the columns guide the eye
towards it.
The physical act of walking through the Pradakshina (D
in the Fig. 27) dissociates the devotees from the outside
and associates him/her to the Garbagriha.
All of these factors make the experience of the temple
subtle and enlightening. Apart from this the familiarity
with the built environment conditions the mind which
enhances the experience.
Table 2: Comparative analysis of the two temples.
Source: Formulated by the Author
Conclusion
The Bhagwati Devi temple has a huge impact on
the social fabric of the locals as it is a vital part of
their day to day lives. The Mahamandapa is an area
that knits together a framework of qualities that
create a sense of belonging towards it. The low
laying and comfortable nature of the entire temple
makes it humble towards the users. Apart from
this, the temple is subtly divided into two
perceivable district realms. This ensures that the
temple has a very strong spiritual hold over the
region.
On the other hand, the Lingeshwar temple has a
different approach towards the idea of social
character. It makes the user practice concepts like
introspection. The temple makes the user feel
inferior to the superiority of the deity through the
structure. It allows limited social activities
showcasing authority over the users.
Thus it can be concluded that the transition in
typology of architecture in this region affects the
social fabric of the region. The initial character that
had a sense of freedom and humbleness with
.
The Garbagriha is the space where the perceiver feels
inferior to the superiority of the high and wide dome on
the roof.
All these factors make the experience of the temple very
formal and enlightening. Apart from this the newer kind
of built environment triggers newer emotions in the mind
which enhances the experience.
subtle authority of order has transformed into a
character having fixed and defined functions with a
strong sense of authority over the users.
References
Sohoni, A. (1988). Temple Architecture of
Marathas of Maharashtra.
Temple architecture. (n.d.). Retrieved from Cultural
India.net:
https://www.culturalindia.net/indian-
architecture/ancient-architecture/temple-
architecture.html
Mani, M. (2015). Understanding transitions in
rural Indian typology in terms of well
being.
Mukhlinga, C. (2019). Temple architecture and
sculpture.
Nanasaheb, R. (2017). The study of demographic
charachteristics in the Sindhudurg district.
Dengale, N. (2003). The introvert and extrovert
aspects of a marathi house.
Dengle, A. A. (2013). The discovery of
architecture.
Eisenman, P. (1999). Diagram diaries.
Pandya, Y. (2003). Elements of spacemamking
 A Study on the emergence of amenities / facilities for
travellers and their evolution of amenities overtime.

Pradhan, Anooj

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Amenities for travellers have a variety of impacts on traveler’s behavior and perception. Also it does affect the people
associated with it as well as it impacts which may directly or indirectly have effects on traveller’s journey. Indeed, many transit
amenities centers or hubs are committed for improving both traveller’s experience and the relationship of their amenities to the
communities they serve it is felt that their long-term viability depends on it. People in India or worldwide are now becoming a
travel enthusiasts and are ready to explore different avenues of the world on wheels or by air. This research paper mainly focuses
on traveller's and its amenities who are travelling by road. As the increasing number of travellers by road are increasing. The
increasing need of the people for such resource also shows the amount of development has happened over the years. How centers
like this affect not only the traveller's but also generation revenue between the income groups who are resident around this places
The facilities or the amenities for travellers then was a major problem as the need for travelling or the travellers wasn't considered
earlier on the roads. In years now there has been changes if Amenities are considered. The study of evolution of this transition from
an era of having less Amenities to a period of emerging Amenities can be tracked in this particular research. Place like this
increasingly benefit the tourism of the country. Also travelers have a safety factor when places like this are build where the
accessibility of the roads are present. Not only does it serve the safety purpose but also it generates employment in the specific area
which helps the community grow.

Keywords: Amenities, traveller, hotel, road, travel, motel, facilities, amenities.

1. Introduction
Amenities providing hospitality to travelers have
been an attribute of the earliest civilizations.
In Greco-Roman culture and ancient Persia,
hospitals for exertion and rest were constructed
at thermal baths. Japan's Nishiyama Onsen
Keiunkan, was founded in 705 and was officially
recognized by the Guinness World Records as the
oldest traveler’s amenities in the world. Initially,
accommodation was offered at monasteries,
ashrams and abbeys for travelers on the road. The
common and major mode of transport on road was
by means of animals. These would provide for the
needs of travelers, including food and
lodging, stabling and fodder for the traveler's
animal. For a period of about 200 years from the
mid-17th century, coaching inns served as a place
for lodging for coach travelers (in other words, a
roadhouse).
Coaching inns stabled teams of horses for
stage coaches and mail coaches and replaced tired
teams with fresh teams. Traditionally they were
seven miles apart, but this depended very much on
the terrain. Some towns in England had as many as
ten such inns and rivalry between them was intense,
not only for the income from the stagecoach
operators but for the revenue for food and drink
supplied to the wealthy passengers. By the end of
the century, coaching inns were being run more
professionally, with a regular timetable being
followed and fixed menus for food. Thousands of
years ago, when road networks were scarce and
traveling was cumbersome strangers arriving in a
foreign land had to rely on either their camping
skills or a local’s kindness when looking for shelter.

Fig. 1. Ashrams in Ancient Times
2. Amenities in Ancient India
In India, earlier their existed concept of rental
accommodation. People did not find home like shelter
and hence there was a need of shelter for travellers or
any other kind of people who were away from home
and then it started with ashram at places which were
owned by rishi muni in early India which were
primarily used for accommodation so people
travelling to Point A to Point B used to be staying in
such accommodation for attaining knowledge from
guru or sometimes people travelling from point A. At
that time when people used to go for pilgrimage
ashrams acted as a Hotel that time. People preferred
staying at ashrams of Saint or rushi munis so that
purity of the pilgrimage is maintained (as shown in
Figure 1). Later after years dharmshalas were used for
accommodations also were known as affordable rental
accommodations so now that became a facility for the
travellers.
3. Amenities in Modern India
Travellers rest areas provide travellers and drivers
safe and convenient facilities to rest themselves
before continuing with their journey. The
establishment of rest areas on major roads may help
to decrease number of accidents caused by drivers’
fatigue, to ensure parking place for short breaks and
long-term stop of cargo vehicles, to reduce the
excess travel time and, of course, to improve the
overall travel comfort. Well designed and
customers friendly rest areas with improved secure
parking opportunities is a necessity in all countries.
This article analyses types of roadside rest areas,
rest area arrangement and recreation facilities
infrastructure on Lithuanian roads. These basic rest
area services must be open and available to all
users. The recommended rest areas are
socioeconomically feasible and environmentally
friendly and safe. The RAs arranged along the
motorways provide travellers with an advantageous
opportunity for their safety and comfortable rest.
Besides, they contribute to the reduced number of
accidents arising from drivers’ fatigue. The
presence of traveller’s amenities improves an
overall comfort of a trip, helps to collect income
from tourists and contributes to the reduced
roadside littering as a result random vehicle stops.
Fig. 2. Chart showing growth of travellers.
The first campgrounds for automobile tourists
were constructed in the late 1910s. Before that,
tourists who couldn't afford to stay in a hotel either
slept in their cars or pitched their tents in fields
alongside the road. These were called auto camps.
The modern campgrounds of the 1920s and 1930s
provided running water, picnic grounds, and
restroom facilities.
Fig. 3. Image representing Roadside Camping Grounds.
3.1. Boom in Hotel Industry
The hotel industry in India has witnessed a
tremendous boom in recent years. The hotel industry
is inextricably linked to the tourism industry and the
growth in Indian tourism has blossomed in to the
growth of the Indian hotel industry. A thriving
economy and increased business opportunities in India
have acted as a boon for the Indian hotel industry. The
arrival of low cost airlines and associated price wars
has given domestic tourists many options. The
‘Incredible India’ destination campaign and the
recently launched ‘Atithi Devo Bhavah’ (ADB)
campaign have also helped in the growth of domestic
and international tourism and consequently the hotel
industry. In recent years the Government has taken
several steps to boost travel and tourism which have
benefited the hotel industry in India. The hotel
industry comprises a major part of the tourism
industry. One of the fastest growing sectors of the
economy now is the hotel industry. This industry
alone is a multi-billion dollar and growing enterprise.
The hotel industry is diverse enough for people to
work in different areas of interest and still be
employed within the hotel.
3.2. Comparison of amenities between then
and now
3.2.1. Revenue generation
It will generate employment in the region for
people in the vicinity.
3.2.2. Safety of people
It will also take care about the safety of the travellers
travelling on the road. As the road journey becomes
tedious for the drivers and other travellers.
3.2.3. Development in tourism
It will enhance the development in the region where
the amenities are located.
3.3. Design and Placement
While many transit agencies have provided amenities
for their travellers, many do not live up to
expectations simply because they are poorly located
or designed. Mistakes made by transit agencies have
ranged from poor condition of toilet i.e. Unhygienic
that creates a discomfort the travellers. While people
react positively to amenities which directly enhance
their transit experience and rate them highly, people
have the opposite reaction to features that do not serve
their needs or are in some way dysfunctional. In fact,
providing an amenity that does not meet
customer concerns significantly reduces its positive
impact and may produce negative reactions to it and
the transit agency as well. The placement, type and
number of amenities provided affect both passenger
perceptions of their effectiveness and their actual
use.
3.4. Role of Internet
Innovation; effects and helps the development of
every industry in the present age. Hotel industry also
isn't protected from its belongings. With nearby and
universal lodging foundations staying at work longer
than required to take advantage of the intensity of
web, so as to catalyse their deals and to improve client
relations, it is just clear how web is assuming a key
job being developed of inn industry today. Social
organizing entrances like Facebook, Twitter and so
forth are progressively assuming a prevailing job in
methodologies of inns everywhere. Client produced
input's and audits on such sites assume an immense
job in advancing the administrations of inns by
listening in on others' conversations. Further, it
additionally winds up less demanding to keep in
contact with and keep up associations with ex-
customers by making utilization of online tools. Hotel
chiefs wherever are recognizing the way that web
gives a decent choice to take appointments for their
foundations. Albeit many are as yet incredulous about
its ability to expand travel buys and inn
appointments, many concur that online
advancements are an extraordinary method to make
intrigue and mindfulness among visitors.
Fig. 4. Newly emerged Accommodation facilities.
The characteristics mentioned should be
incorporated while creating a resting area so
that one can access whenever needed.
 4. Conclusion
Initially there was lack of amenities, as the time
advanced and advancements in science and
technology there was development in the
roadside amenities. This development took
place in many parts of the world and slowly and
steadily it was seen in India also. As years
passed by slowly hotels as concept came
forward in India and now people are innovating
in that concept from Airbnb to Zostels, ideas like
this have come up in recent times. So there is
constant growth in the providing such amenities.

4.1. Restrooms
4.2. Comfort to travellers
4.3. Accessible from Road
4.4. Approach to the Site

References

Hospitality. (2015). Retrieved 02 03, 2019,

from What lies Ahead Website:
https://hospitalityinsights.ehl.edu/the-
origins-of-the-hospitality-industry-and-
what-lies-ahead.
Hotel. (2015). Retrieved 03 03, 2019, from
wikipedia Website:
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hotel
Unknow ., (2006). Impact of Amenities. TCRP
Report 46, 3.3, 52-53.
 Floating Wetlands: A Sustainable Tool for
Wastewater Treatment

Rane, Kunal

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Urbanization and industrial development coupled with increasing world population have led to intensive demands
on water resources. Consequently, increased volumes of wastewater have provided the motivation to explore economical
methods of collection, treatment and disposal, benefiting public health and the environment. One such benefiting treatment is
floating wetlands. It is an effective, and sustainable technology for wastewater treatment. It has been widely adopted for
treating various kinds of polluted water including agricultural runoff, stormwater, industrial effluents.

Keywords: Population, Disposal, Industrial Effluents, Environment, Floating Wetlands

1. Introduction
“When I'm working on a problem, I never urinals and grey water is discharged by washbasins,
think about beauty. But when I'm finished, if the bathroom, kitchen sinks, laundry.
solution is not beautiful I know it's wrong.”
- Buckminster Fuller

Water pollution is one of the biggest issues in India

right now. Untreated sewage is the biggest source
of such form of pollution in India. There are other
sources of pollution such as runoff from the
agricultural sector as well as unregulated units that
belong to the small-scale industry. The situation is
so serious that perhaps there is no water body in
India that is not polluted to some extent or the
other. In fact, it is said that almost 80% of the water
bodies in India are highly polluted.
Industries pollute freshwater reservoir by
discharging harmful chemicals and effluents which
pollute water and also harms the aquatic
ecosystems. Direct exposures to toxic chemicals are
also a health concern for individual aquatic plants
and animals. Chemicals such as pesticides are
frequently transported to lakes and rivers via runoff,
and they can have harmful effects on aquatic life.
Water pollution is not only done by industries
but also done by the domestic and household
purposes. Household wastewater includes two types
of discharge; black and grey wastewaters. Blackwater
is discharged by toilets, bidets and
Fig.1. Pollution of water by industries
Source: www.teriin.org
Water pollution can be controlled by various
techniques. One of the techniques is floating water
treatment. Floating treatment wetland is an effective
and sustainable technology for wastewater
treatment. In Floating wetlands treatment, plants are
vegetated on a floating mat while their roots are
extended down to the contaminated water.
Wetlands have been proven to be a robust, low
cost treatment process which has been utilized in
the natural environment for years. Wastewater
treatment has also incorporated this natural
technology as a nutrient removal and/or polishing
step with varying degrees of success. The
attractiveness of wetland over more mechanically
intensive processes such as activated sludge and
trickling filters, due to the cultural benefits, low
(almost zero) power requirement, zero chemical use
and very low operating cost.
A number of natural reactions take place in
wetland which breaks down the pollutants (organic
and nutrients). In addition, wetlands can also be a
habitat for wildlife animals and birds. As a result,
wetlands are often viewed favourably by the
community, local iwi and environmental groups as
a natural means to treat wastewater or polish treated
effluent, commonly in the forms of natural wetlands
or constructed subsurface flow wetlands.

Fig.3. Floating island Matrix

Source : www.iisd.org

2. Methodology

The Floating Treatment Wetlands are comprised of

100% recycled non-woven matrix. Each module is
typically 4m x 2.3m in size and is interwoven with
nylon webbing between aluminium joiner plates.
Typical Module layout showing cutaway section of
PU foam and Nylon webbing connecting between
Fig.2. Floating wetlands Aluminum Joiner Plates. Floating Treatment
Source: Research gate- Alexandros Stefanakis Wetlands can be retrofitted to existing assets and
are generally laid out opposing flows to maximize
Floating treatment wetlands are simple in
contact time of the flow within the suspended Bio
design and require no additional land resulting in
Film Attachment Surfaces (root mass). Additionally
savings compared to conventional constructed
Bio Baffles as an impermeable curtain are often
wetlands. Wetlands rely on natural processes to
incorporated into designs to assist in control and
biologically filter water as it passes through shallow
directing flows evenly throughout the root mass.
areas of dense aquatic vegetation and bottom soils.
This encapsulates the suspended solids and ensures
Wetlands can improve improve water quality of
that the hydraulic retention time is maximized.
storm water runoff and manage watershed nutrients,
Suspended solids and associated nutrients/heavy
as well as treatment of wastewater and other
metals are caught by the sticky bio films and are
industrial contaminants. Not only do the plants take
either used by the organic bio mass as food or
up nutrients and contaminants themselves, the plant
precipitated (sloughs) to the sludge layer beneath
roots and floating island material provide extensive
the Floating Treatment Wetlands.
surface area for microbes to grow. The Floating
Treatment Wetlands system consists of rooted
emergent wetland plants growing in a non-woven
geotextile mat floating on the water surface of the
pond. They have been designed to incorporate the
nutrient attenuation capabilities of treatment
wetlands and the flexibility of deeper pond systems
to accommodate fluctuations in volume and depth.

Fig.4.Waste water showing baffle curtains, flow paths

Source: currentaffairs.gktoday.in
Aerobic Bio Films and conditions allow for the
nitrification process to occur and the organic and
the availability of carbon in anaerobic zones
provides the denitrification processes. These
combined principals can be retrofitted to existing
pond systems and high rate Total Nitrogen
reduction rates can be achieved
3. Case Studies
3.1. Casestudy of Hauz khas lake in Delhi
A number of Floating Treatment Wetlands have
been commissioning and are providing a low-cost
efficient treatment. One such water purifying
technique of floating wetland is used in Delhi lake
in hauz khas urban village. The lake, is originally
spread over 125 acres. The state of the lake can be
attributed to siltation, encroachment of stormwater
channels and lakebed and the change in the
characteristics of the urbanizing catchment. The
water in lake was contaminated by chemicals and
the leakage of sewer line which enters into channel.
It harmed water quality and overall biodiversity of
the area.
To conserve and revive the water body floating
wetlands is one of the solutions incorporated. These
miniature floating wetlands naturally, without the
use of any chemicals, purify the water.
Fig.5.Pollution of Water in Hauz Khas
Source:www.iamrenew.com
3.2. Casestudy of Nekampur lake in Hyderabad
The other example is Nekampur Lake in Hyderabad.
Neknampur Lake in Hyderabad is home to hundreds
of species of birds, plants, mammals, and reptiles.
However, due to rapid urbanisation, it has become a
victim of garbage and sewage
dumping, which has reduced the once beautiful lake
into a polluted and sewage-filled water body.
Over the years, the NGO has been campaigning
against dumping garbage in the lake and restoring
the tree coverage around it. Now, they have decided
to work towards purifying the water, in a natural
way!
The 2,500 sq. ft platform has been designed
using Styrofoam, bamboo, gunny bags, coir etc. and
will act as a base around 3000 plants including
cattails, bulrush, citronella, hibiscus, fountain grass,
flowering herbs, and ashwagandha. The plants were
selected after a lot of consideration. The first layer,
which already exists in the lake is of floating
weed. The second layer will be of Typha and
phragmites This combination is said to be
mosquito repellent while also helping in the
cleaning of water and increasing the biodiversity of
the lake. The island will also reduce the growth of
algae by restricting sun rays from seeping through.
Micro-organisms growing on the 2,500-
square foot FTW and the plant root systems break
down and consume organic matter in the water
through microbial decomposition. These root
systems filter out sediments and pollutants.
Fig.6. Floating wetlands
source: thgim.com/news
4. Conclusion
The concept of artificially creating floating
wetlands for the purpose of water treatment has
emerged over the past decades. Floating Wetland is
the sustainable alternative for the treatment of water
containing various kinds of pollutants. Although its
pollutants removal is similar to surface flow
wetlands, its floating nature makes it applicable for
ponds, lake, and rivers. It offers great potential as a
relatively simple, low-cost, passive option for the
upgrading of existing stormwater ponds in order to
enhance the removal of fine particles and associated
metals.

References

Floating island international. (2015). Floating

Island Research Papers. Retrieved March
26, 2020, from Midwest Floating Island
website:
https://midwestfloatingisland.com/research-
papers/
Islands float on Delhi lake. (n.d.). Retrieved from
https://www.indiawaterportal.org/articles/is
lands-float-delhi-lake
NZ Wetlands | Constructed Wetlands | Artificial
Wetlands | Ecosystem Wetlands | NZ Made
Floating Wetland System. (n.d.). Retrieved
March 26, 2020, from Native Awa website:
https://nativeawa.com/floating-wetlands-
nz-wetland-plants/
Technology—Floating Island International, Inc.
(n.d.). Retrieved March 26, 2020, from
https://www.floatingislandinternational.c
om/technology
 Engineering Techniques to Reduce Sway Movements in
Slender Skyscrapers
Rathod, Priyanka

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Wind is the "dominant force" in tall buildings. Skyscraper designers want to "confuse the wind," says Baker. Air
pushing against the surface of a tall tower creates vortices, concentrated pockets of force that can shake and vibrate buildings
(the technical term is vortex shedding). The aim of any skyscraper design is to break up these vortices.
This research paper focuses on providing engineering solutions to these specific wind induced problem. By rounding or
chamfering the façade, tapering, twisting, providing openings in the structure where there is maximum wind can be the
possible solution, which is explained along with an example.

Keywords: wind effect, vortex shedding, skyscraper, tapering, softening, opening, twisting, damping.

1. Introduction In low winds, these vortices cancel each

Tall buildings have become a prominent solution for other out. But in higher winds, they create alternating
increasing density in major cities around the world. low pressure zones that make the building rock back
The trend of the last years is to build taller, slimmer, and forth. As the wind speed increases, so does the
and lighter structures, as the recent tall buildings intensity of the back and forth movement. Every
completed or under construction in Manhattan object also has its own natural sway frequency and
demonstrate. Indeed, the latest advancements in when that frequency of vortex shedding matches
high-strength materials, with the same modulus of with the frequency of vortex shedding, it creates a
elasticity (i.e. less stiff structures) and construction dramatic spike in the intensity of swaying. On the top
methods have lead to more efficient solutions. floors of a high rise, that kind of swaying can be
However, these lighter systems could lead to nauseatic, plus it can damage the integrity of the
structures more prone to vibrations, which can cause building. But architects have an arsenal of tricks to
discomfort, damages, and eventually, structural reduce movements:
failure. Taller and slimmer buildings need to
withstand a variety of external forces that are
different from those of low-rise constructions, and,
as a consequence, different structural solutions need
to be used. Moreover, many major cities are
threatened by a variety of extreme events such as
earthquakes and strong winds.
Wind can cause a bunch of issues in the
buildings, broken windows, structural damage, and
discomfort for the people inside. Today’s super
skinny skyscrapers have to deal with a particular
wind induced phenomenon called vortex shedding.
This happens when wind flowing past a building
creates vortices, strong swirls or air that magnifies
the damping of wind.
1.1 Tapering
The higher a building goes,
the stronger the wind force
gets. So to reduce surface
area where the wind is
stronger, designers can
simply make a building
skinnier as it gets taller.
For eg. The Shard in
London. Or with periodic
setbacks, like the Willis
Tower in Chicago. A tube
framed structure is a three
Fig.1 The Shard dimensional space
Source: (“The Shard | Tag | structure composed of
ArchDaily” n.d.) three, four, or possibly
more frames, braced
frames, or shear walls, joined at or near their edges
to form a vertical tube-like structural system capable
of resisting lateral forces in any direction by
cantilevering from the foundation. Fazlur Rahman
Khan is the father of tubular design. . He has been
called the Einstein of structural engineering and the
Greatest Structural Engineer of the 20th Century for
his innovative use of structural systems that remain
fundamental to modern skyscraper construction.
Tube-frame construction was first used in the
DeWitt-Chestnut Apartment Building, designed by
Khan and completed in Chicago in 1963.
In Willis Tower closely spaced interconnected
exterior columns form the tube. Horizontal loads
(primarily wind) are supported by the structure as a
whole.
About half the exterior surface is available for
windows. Framed tubes allow fewer interior
columns, and so create more usable floor space.
Where larger openings like garage doors are
required, the tube frame must be interrupted, with
transfer girders used to maintain structural integrity.
Tube-frame construction was first a variation on the
tube frame is the bundled tube, which uses several
interconnected tube frames. The Willis Tower in
Chicago used this design, employing nine tubes of
varying height to achieve its distinct appearance.
(“Willis Tower,” n.d.)
1.2 Softening
Hard edges aren’t good on wind,
hence skyscrapers are often seen
with round corners. Similar effect
can also be achieved with small
cutouts from the edges. For eg.
Taipei 101. The building was
originally designed with square
corners, but when a scale model
Fig. 2. Taipei 101 was tested in a wind tunnel, the
Source: (Dunn designer saw a lot of swaying. Later
2014) on the sharp edges were chamfered
which reduced movements by 25%.
1.3 Opening
Fig.4. 432Park Avenue
Fig.3. The Kingdom
Center Source: (“432 Park Avenue
Source: (“Kingdom
(Manhattan, 2015)” n.d.)
Centre - The Skyscraper
Center” n.d.)
Skyscrapers like Saudi Arabia’s Kingdom Center
and Shanghai’s World Finance Center do this with a
single gap up top, allowing wind to pass right
through where it’s blowing the strongest. But 432
Park Avenue achieves this effect with several
double-floor cutouts that allow wind to pass through
along the length of the entire tower. The interior tube
forms the building’s core, measuring 9m x 9m,
containing the lifts and egress stairs. This is the
backbone of the building. Its reinforced-concrete
walls impart considerable stiffness, their thickness
varying from 760mm at the base to 300mm at the
top. The outer tube is the tower’s perimeter beam-
and- column frame, which is also incredibly stiff,
even with the windows punched through it. At every
12th floor these tubes are joined by stiffening beams,
accommodated in the double-height plant rooms to
avoid encroaching on the apartments themselves.
There are also two tuned mass dampers on the 84th
floor, weighing 1,300 tonnes. Supported on cables
and hydraulic cylinders, these concrete weights
counter the building’s movement and slow its
acceleration to acceptable limits. (Engineering 432
Park Avenue | WSP, n.d.)
1.4 Twisting
This wind resistant
technique makes for some
of the most stunning
skylines today. Dramatic
spirals redirect the wind.
Guiding it upwards and off
the building. That is the
same wind resistant trick
used by some industrial
chimneys and car
antennas.
Such shapes were
impossible to build until
Fig.5. Shanghai Tower recently due to
Source: .(“432 Park Avenue
(Manhattan, 2015)” n.d.) advancement in software
and material science. Also,
they are promising from a sustainability perspective.
During the design process on the Shanghai Tower,
for example, adding the iconic twist reduced the
wind load by 24 percent, saving developer 58 million
dollars in structural material.
1.5 Damping
Fig.6. Taipei 101 damper
Source: (Blair 2010)
Dampers are mechanisms designed to absorb the
energy from a building’s movement, counteracting
the effect of the wind. Skyscrapers do this in two
major ways. First are slosh tanks; these are
containers filled with several tons of water. The
water sloshes back and forth and its weight
displacement helps keep the building from swaying.
Second are tuned mass dampers; massive weights
suspended in the middle of the building. These were
traditionally hidden away in the building design,
placed on empty floors along with other technical
equipment. But they don’t have to be. Taipei 101’s
tuned mass damper has been a popular tourist
attraction since it opened in 2004. In this complex
system, oil hydraulic systems push a 400-ton
concrete weight back and forth on one of the top
floors, shifting the weight of the entire building from
side to side. A sophisticated computer system
carefully monitors how the wind is shifting the
building and moves the weight accordingly. Some
similar systems shift the building's weight based on
the movement of giant pendulums. (How
Skyscrapers Work, 2001)
2. Conclusion
These shapes, holes, and counterweights form a
secret design language hidden inside of our skylines.
As more people move out of rural areas and into
urban ones, skyscrapers will keep getting taller and
skinnier. These technologies are what’s making that
future possible and letting us keep building into the
sky.
References
Engineering 432 Park Avenue | WSP. (n.d.).
Retrieved March 17, 2020, from
https://www.wsp.com/en-GL/projects/432-
park-avenue
How Skyscrapers Work. (2001, April 3).
HowStuffWorks.
https://science.howstuffworks.com/engineer
ing/structural/skyscraper.htm
Willis Tower: A Bundled Tube Structure. (n.d.).
Willis Tower. Retrieved March 17, 2020,
from https://civil-engg-
world.blogspot.com/2011/10/willis-tower-
bundled-tube-structure.html
 Integration of “Greens” as Sustainable Solution for
Tall Buildings in Urban Context
Rathod, Priyanka

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: This research has been emphasized on integration of plants in skyscraper design which play a major role for the
energy conservation by the building as well as improving the living quality into these vertical cities. The necessity of
planting to incorporate into skyscrapers has been studied, for the well-being of our society and the environment. The
integration of plants into skyscraper includes various options out of which the four options like, Green roof, Green wall,
Biofilter and Indoor potting plants has been focused on this research, which can be incorporate into the design. Impacts
and benefits have been studied in terms of energy savings and indoor environmental qualities. For example green roof can
reduce 50% of cooling load; green wall can reduce 10 degree centigrade indoor temperature, whereas indoor plants
purifies indoor air by 50% to 60%. Provision of greens in various ways are studied along with their examples and case
studies. The integration of plants into skyscrapers can change the micro and macro environment, climate, can restore the
ecology and benefited to the people living in the society. Results are the noticeable decrease in urban heat island, rapid
reduction of energy consumption and cost, refreshing air for a healthy environment.

Keywords: green roof, green wall, indoor plants, sustainable

only be achieved at the cost of an extraordinary

1. Introduction input of primary

The city’s economic boom attracts migrants in

search of opportunities from across the country.
Due to increasing population, there is lack of space,
so most of the new developments are expanding
vertically on small plates of land. Skyscrapers and
other tall buildings usually are large and complex
buildings, situated in intensive, high-density urban
contexts. Their scale and volume of consumption of
energy and materials is huge, the ecological design
of these buildings is very crucial and much more
effective. The skyscraper is one of the most
ubiquitous building types in the major cities and
will continue to be built in large numbers. In 2007 it
was the first time that there were more people living
in towns and cities than in rural areas. By 2050, this
has increased to more than six billion people, two
thirds of humanity. (Ritchie & Roser, 2018) With
more and more people living in the same spaces, it
is only natural to build upwards. Skyscrapers, by
definition are not primarily ecological. The
construction and running of these tall buildings can
energies and raw materials. (Jahnkassim & Ip,
2006) They will ensure highly efficient use of
spatial resources if provided with high density of
quality workstations and good connections to public
transport system. But the oil crisis in late 1970s
prompted a reevaluation of ways to improving the
use of energy in the running of skyscraper, in our
densely cities. Norman Foster, for the design of
Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank give some
important solutions by cooling the building with sea
water which is also used to flush the toilets, thus
significantly reduces the consumption of pure
drinking water. The use of natural light in the
interiors has been improved to create better quality
workstations (Liu, n.d.). Thus skyscrapers today
deserve more emphasis for its impact on
environment. The reestablishment of “green” that
was eliminated by its construction can be a
possibility to refurbishment the nature as well as
improve the quality of living into it. The theory of
‘Green’ Skyscraper has been notably shaped by the
writing of Ken Yeang. He proposes, in his theories,
the interconnecting measures regarding the use of
energy, water and light. He further relates these to
green plants, local climate, and ecology to the
spatial conditions and the functions of the building.
Thus the planning and design of skyscraper
influenced by a complex series of demands, where
green plants can play a vital role for the energy
conservation by the building as well as improving
the living quality into these vertical cities (Ali &
Al-Kodmany, 2012). The Minara Mesiniaga in
Malaysia (1992) is such practical example of an
ecological tall building. Thus the aim is to find out
the possible ways to integrate plants into
skyscrapers and asses how the integration of plants
into the skyscraper design can help to reduce the
energy use, improve the environment and enhance
the living quality.
Definitions of green skyscraper vary but the green
movement has five main goals:
1.1 Ensure a healthy, productive indoor
environment for occupants to work and live.
1.2 Prevent negative impacts to our environment
and improve its health.
1.3 Reducing operating cost and increase
profitability for building owners through energy
and resource conservation.
1.4 To find out the provisions to integrate plants
into the skyscraper.
1.5 Analyze their impacts on energy consumption
and living environment.
2. Components of Green Skyscraper
2.1. Green roof
A green roof is a layer of vegetation planted over a
waterproofing system that is installed on top of a
flat or slightly–sloped roof. Green roofs are also
known as vegetative or eco–roofs. They fall into
three main categories—extensive, intensive, and
semi–intensive. Although there are no precise
definitions of them, an extensive green roof has a
shallow growing medium—usually less than six
inches—with a modest roof load, limited plant
diversity, minimal watering requirements, and is
often not accessible. Intensive green roofs have
more soil and a deeper growing medium—
sometimes several feet—that can support a more
diverse plant selection, including small trees. Thus,
they have more substantial structural loads and
need more frequent maintenance and watering.
They are usually accessible. Semi–intensive green
roofs include features of both types. The
appropriate depth of any green roof depends on the
roof structure, the plants chosen, annual rainfall,
and storm water performance requirements.
The basic
anatomy of a green
roof consists of
vegetation, growing
medium, filter
membrane,
drainage layer,
waterproof /root Fig.1. Green roof
repellant layer, Source: (“Green Roof & Green
roofing membrane Wall Services in Gurgaon, Noida,
support for Delhi, Ghaziabad, India |” n.d.)
plantings above, thermal insulation, vapor control
layer, and structural roof support (What is a Green
Roof—Technical Preservation Services, National
Park Service, n.d.). Each of these layers performs a
specific function to keep the plants alive and to
protect the structure beneath.
2.1.1. Benefits of green roof
Unlike traditional black tar roofs, green roofs
reduce energy costs by absorbing heat instead of
attracting it and providing natural insulation for
buildings. According to a study conducted by the
National Research Council of Canada, even a six-
inch extensive green roof can reduce summer
energy demands by more than 75 percent. By
lowering air conditioning demand, green roofs
decrease the production of associated air pollution
and greenhouse gas emissions.
Green roofs help reduce the Urban Heat
Island Effect, a condition in which urban
environments absorb and trap heat.
Another important benefit of green roofs is
their ability to reduce and slow storm water runoff in
urban environments. Because rooftops and streets in
cities are hard surfaces, the volume and velocity of
storm water runoff increases tremendously and is a
major source of flooding and pollution worldwide.
Green roofs make the most of unused space
within the increasing density of our cities. Rooftops
can be developed into social and recreational spaces
and used for urban agriculture. (4 Reasons Green
Roofs Do A Building Good—Sustainability, n.d.)
2.2 Green wall
The “green wall” or
“vegetated façade” is
defined as a system in
which plants grow on
a vertical surface such
as a building façade
in a controlled
fashion and with Fig.2. Green wall
regular Source: (“ Benefits of Living
Green Walls or Vertical
maintenance.
Gardens?” n.d.)
Climbing plants
grow naturally on building façades by attaching
them-selves directly to vertical surfaces by means
of various mechanisms. Self-clinging climbers and
self-supporting woody plants can attach themselves
directly to the façade surface or grow along the
façade without any added support. Other plant
species, including climbers with aerial roots,
suckers or tendrils, twining climbers, and lax shrubs
(ramblers), require an additional support such as
trellises, netting, or wires attached to the façade
surface to promote or sustain vertical growth. The
energy efficiency of green walls lies in their ability
to affect heat transfer between a building’s interior
and exterior environment.
The main exterior factors affecting heat transfer
through a building’s façade are:
2.2.1. Solar and thermal radiation from the
atmosphere and the ground,
2.2.2. Air temperature,
2.2.3. Relative humidity
2.2.4. Wind speed.
Plants and other elements of green walls, such as
planting media or support structures, decrease the
effects of these climatic factors on the exterior wall
surface, which results in a reduction in heat transfer
through the façade and, as a result, a decrease in
heating and cooling energy consumption.
((PDF) Green Walls in High-Rise Buildings, n.d.)
2.3 Indoor planting
Interior landscaping has
become increasingly
popular during the last 30
years. Most architects now
include plants in their
design specification for
new shopping centers,
office complexes and other
public areas, and people Fig. 3. Indoor Plants
expect to see when they Source: (“Indoor Plants -
walk through the door. The Home Depot” n.d.)
Thus plants became such
important building accessory. The main reason is,
indoor plants look attractive – people get charmed
by the graceful arch of palm leaves or the exotic
beauty of orchids. However, recent research has
shown that the value of plants goes far beyond the
purely aesthetic. Plants are actually good for the
building and its occupants in a number of subtle
ways and are an important element in providing a
pleasant, tranquil environment where people can
work or relax.
Plants can be used to decrease noise levels in
an office. According to Green Plants for Green
Buildings, if plants are placed strategically, they
can help to quiet down the office. Along with
decreasing noise levels, there is more benefit to
adding green plants to workplaces. The presence of
plants in the office not only aesthetically pleasing
but also helps increase workers productivity, reduce
stress and improve air quality. According to a
Texas A&M University and Surrey University
study, participants also reported feeling more
attentive when plants were present. Participants
who worked in an environment with plants were
12% more productive and less stressed than those
who worked in an environment with no plant. (The
benefits of plants in the office—Cleaner and cooler
air, decressed stress, employee retention, n.d.)
Plants can also improve the indoor environmental
quality. The plans clean the office air by absorbing
pollutants into their leaves and transmitting the
toxin to their roots, where they are turned into food
for the plant. With cleaner office air building
occupants are less likely to be sick, thus increasing
productivity and decreasing absenteeism. In
buildings where sick building syndrome is
common, employees should each have a plant
within 6 to 8 cubic feet of where they spend most of
the day. (Using the right plants can reduce indoor
pollution and save energy, n.d.) Plants can be used
to decrease noise levels in an office. According to
Green Plants
for Green Buildings, if plants are placed
strategically, they can help to quiet down the office.
A small indoor hedge placed around a workspace
will reduce noise by 5 decibels. Along with
decreasing noise levels, there is more benefit to
adding green plants to workplaces.
3. Conclusion
The aim was to find out the possible ways to
integrate plants into skyscrapers and asses how the
integration of plants into the skyscraper design can
help reducing the energy use, and enhance the
living quality. The impacts of these options on
energy consumption and living environment, such
as the benefits of Green roof, Green wall, Biofilter
and Indoor potting plants on living condition,
environment, economy and society is elucidate with
some of their drawbacks, and the available
technologies to integrate these options into the
buildings.
References
4 Reasons Green Roofs Do A Building Good—
Sustainability. (n.d.). Retrieved March 10,
2020, from
https://sustainability.ncsu.edu/blog/changey
ourstate/4-reasons-green-roofs-do-a-
building-good/
Ali, M. M., & Al-Kodmany, K. (2012). Tall
Buildings and Urban Habitat of the 21st
Century: A Global Perspective. Buildings,
2(4), 384–423.
https://doi.org/10.3390/buildings2040384
Jahnkassim, P. S., & Ip, K. (2006). Linking
bioclimatic theory and environmental
performance in its climatic and
cultural context – an analysis into the
tropical highrises of Ken Yeang. 8.
Liu, S. (n.d.). Plant Integration In High-rise
Buildings. Retrieved March 10, 2020, from
https://www.academia.edu/31044746/Plant
_Integration_In_High-rise_Buildings
(PDF) Green Walls in High-Rise Buildings. (n.d.).
ResearchGate. Retrieved March 10, 2020,
from
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/2
65376113_Green_Walls_in_High-
Rise_Buildings
Ritchie, H., & Roser, M. (2018). Urbanization. Our
World in Data.
https://ourworldindata.org/urbanization
The benefits of plants in the office—Cleaner and
cooler air, decressed stress, employee
retention. (n.d.). Retrieved March 5, 2020,
from
http://www.plantcultureinc.com/whyGreen.
html
Using the right plants can reduce indoor pollution
and save energy. (n.d.). ScienceDaily.
Retrieved March 5, 2020, from
https://www.sciencedaily.com/releases/201
8/04/180419131121.htm
What is a Green Roof—Technical Preservation
Services, National Park Service. (n.d.).
Retrieved March 10, 2020, from
https://www.nps.gov/tps/sustainability/new-
technology/green-roofs/define.htm
 Consideration of informal spaces along with formal
spaces in a public library environment

Raut, Neha

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: This paper investigates the workability between the formal and informal spaces in a public library and explores
the change in relation between them. The paper discusses the outcomes of a structured program in an informal reading
space in a public library and aims to initiate the integration of other forms of spaces into the conventional public library
setting system. Changes in evolution of technology have led to great advancements in digital facilities being easily available
to the public through means of such communal centres like the public library. In a digital setting, we still have means, staff
and provisions that integrate in different ways to obtain and present information. But these re-combinations challenge
traditional definitions of a library organization. Users now have many options for conducting their work, of which the
traditional library is only one; the future of libraries will thus be in our ability to differentiate ourselves through unique and
value-added features such as incorporation of open, more user feasible spaces along with the formal, enclosed setting. The
library is not a single static entity, it is becoming a suite of services through which users locate, use and research materials.
Addition of informal spaces, ones which change the conventional system of a public library will only help achieve this new
proposed program. By scrutinizing the combination of factors such as subject, level of users, typology, need and proximity,
one can develop a fine-tuned proposition and customize services across the scope of physical and electronic, human and
material resources.

Keywords: Conventional setting, Digital technology, formal spaces, informal spaces, Public Library, user,
environment

1. Introduction
The Public Library is a learning communal space
that provides space and provision for cognitive and
social activities and development for visitors. It has
a defined traditional setting which allows the user
to carry out the desired activities while maintaining
the integrity of the public library space. This
defined system leaves very less room for user
choice or exploration as the system cannot be
compromised of its identity. Hence a formal system
is observed in public libraries usually. Formal
spaces such as classrooms for reading or fixed
linear seating spaces enclosed within the structural
permits of the library restrict users to follow a
certain fixed routine wherein the user cannot alter
or traverse according to his/her desired preference.
This could impact the development of the visitor as
he/she is constantly within constraints and remain
unexplored. The user experience for
visitors can still take place in informal spaces, such
as in debate rooms, workshops or in public spaces
such as courtyards, spill out spaces within the
building.
Users should be free to explore
independently or in groups in various places and
facilities that support it based on its choice in public
spaces in the building. In these places of
congregation, provision of these facilities such as
reading spaces-formal and informal, cafeterias,
courtyards, green terraces and workshop rooms
equipped with user support systems for informal
learning enhance the over-all character and
experience of the structure. Circumstances require a
change in the form of a learning physical
environment, which can accommodate more
relaxed informal user activities that have wider
space dimensions.
 We need to “deconstruct” the stereotypical
categories of library resource and services, while
sustaining the core concepts and models that still
shape the nature of our profession. What we keep
seeing in the digital environment is that our tools and
locations are changing but our goals and values are
not. This study aims to further explore the preferences
of users in the informal spaces as compared to the
formal spaces in the public space. The results of this
study were to obtain characteristics from the informal
activities or spaces, the choice of users in choosing
where to sit, and the behavior of the user activities in
the existing formal setting. This research outcome is
expected to be utilized in incorporating and designing
informal spaces in public libraries in the future.
2. Deconstructing and Re-thinking
Public Libraries
When we describe the library’s “role in the digital
future,” we are not talking simply about digital
information, but about the transformation of the
information environment that is happening as a
result of digital technologies in our lives. This
information environment still includes print and
other physical forms of information; it still includes
physical as well as virtual spaces. But these
services, formats and facilities are leveraged and
extended, and new services and relationships are
enabled, through digital infrastructure. Digital
infrastructure can be defined conceptually to
include the spectrum created by interlinked digital
content, digitally-based business operations, digital
communication and dissemination, digital research
tools for analyzing and visualizing information.
Along with incorporation of digital
infrastructure within the library environment,
spaces which would boost and encourage informal
learning should also be thought of and included.
A library is a place for users to get an educational
experience or recreational one in terms of mental
aspects. Various facilities and infrastructure
provided by the library building to implement the
provision of reading experience, namely in the form
of reading halls, lecture rooms and computer
laboratories. The reading hall and laboratory spaces
are the two places where users will get their
knowledge formally from their readings and
research. In general, formal learning is a closed
space within the buildings on a campus. The
concept of building a library by providing a formal
activity space to provide reading materials in the
form of closed reading halls has been studied for its
success by educators and spatial designers (Barr
and Tagg 1995; Fisher, 2005b; Pearlman, 2010).
According to them, the new design
approaches of place for learning and teaching have
changed. Barr and Tagg (1995) and Pearlman
(2010) states that the library spaces have changed
from conventional forms to contemporary forms.
According to them, the concept of library
experience in the future will move from the
emphasis of place to give instruction to the place to
produce learning. The reading hall is not the only
place for users to gain knowledge in a library.
Currently, users can learn to acquire and deepen
their knowledge outside the boundaries of a reading
hall. They have a preference for learning informally
or independently or in groups with colleagues in the
public spaces that are within the premises.
Courtyards, cafeterias, atriums, corridors, green
terraces, spill out spaces, exhibition areas,
workshops, galleries and other open spaces are
some of the informal learning places in public
spaces provided and can be selected by visitors to
use informally on the library’s premise.
Various criteria are taken into consideration
for visitors in the decision-making process of
choosing a place to experience outside the formal
setting. At the place of choice, users can conduct
discussions, school and college students can do
their assignments, read textbooks, search for
additional materials and other learning activities via
the internet with their portable computer. One's
preference for a place is determined by the
circumstances and characteristics of the place.
Different forms and types of places to undergo
outside the constraints of a formal setting provide
an option for users to make their choices. Criteria
for people to determine where he/she will learn
based on learning materials, among others, location,
availability of supporting facilities, characteristics
of space and place, atmosphere and comfort and
other factors related to learning objectives. These
attributes are generally provided in the public
spaces of various libraries.
A good library environment will encourage
users’ interest to learn, both formally and
informally. Visitors can conduct informal learning
activities in the existing library public space. In
general, a variety of types and forms of facilities for periodically, each one was in itself a fixed pattern
informal learning are provided by public spaces in or approach (a few new numbers or shelves added
various libraries. This study explores the within an existing system does not imply
preferences or choices of users in the informal fundamental change). So the library as an interface
learning environment in the library public space. was a set of physical and intellectual systems set up
The results of this study are expected to derive to await the users, one massive and passive array of
characteristics from the informal learning spaces, information.
the choice of users in choosing where to study, and
the behavior of user activities in the existing
informal study. This research product is expected to 3. Analysis and Findings
be used and utilized in designing informal spaces in
public libraries in the future.
At the same time, it is clear that the
fundamental goals of library services have not
changed. Libraries, librarians, and library services,
broadly defined, are mechanisms to match people
with information. Over the centuries we have made
many choices about exactly how to do that
matching, using cards or computers or
consultations, being active or passive, being
selective or storing up everything just in case. A
formal library, however, is today but one of the
channels and mechanisms by which these two sides
of the equation “find” each other, so we need to
define ourselves more as a research information
service, of which one part might be an organized
library. A successful research information service
must reflect a dynamic understanding of the
changes in three parallel structures: 1) the user
Table 1: Online Survey of people’s preference of space for
community (in this case, the faculty and students, reading in a public library.
trustees and other stakeholders in higher education
institutions); 2) the content (the creators, and the From the online survey it was observed that people
publishing and media industries) and 3) the appreciated the reading culture but were unaware
interface (organizing systems, technology, direct about the facilities that public libraries would
services and facilities). benefit the individual and society as a whole. There
In the library and information world we must are public libraries present in some areas but each
constantly keep in mind the changing characteristics one is failing in providing the needs of the
of the two external components of this equation, but it generation.
is especially the third part, the interface that enables The analysis of the data revealed that people
the meshing of people and information, that typifies have started recognizing the important role of
the work we do. Libraries, whether personal or libraries. The background study states facts about
institutional, are organized systems. If we look at the the incorporation of informal spaces justifying the
history of forms of classification, the urge to develop need of reimagining the public libraries of old age.
such systems goes back hundreds of years. The It also discusses the typology of conventional
assumption seems to be implied that a given system libraries and importance of the libraries as
will be able to encompass all present knowledge and information centers. The research and facts of user
be logically expandable to future topics. The store of experience and individual growth creates the need
information for which one needed the system could be of designing the libraries that bridge the
brought together and expanded and remain stable in amalgamation of formal settings and informal
its order, even while growing. Even though new settings within the library premise. Current scenario
systems were developed of public libraries is not satisfactory while
following the conventional structure that is no
longer appreciated by fast paced life. Newspaper
articles talk about the various public libraries that
are in the state of despair due to the lack of policies
and resources. More than 70,000 libraries are ill-
maintained and are needed to be transformed on the
basis of emerging needs of the readers.
4. Conclusion
This research study aimed at exploring the effects
of informal spaces along with formal spaces in the
learning library environment. The results reveal that
users prefer to study in a more open environment
rather than an enclosed one. An important
discovery was the relationship between informal
and formal spaces at the beginning and at the end of
the study. Both these spaces are inter-related and
codependent. These spaces cannot work without the
presence of the other. In order for an informal space
to workout in a public library, the availability of
formal spaces along with it is necessary. Since it is
a library after all and maintaining the integrity of
the program is important which can be assured by
the formal spaces within it.
Similarly, to break the monotony of the public
libraries carried on since ages, it is crucial to
introduce informal spaces which are more user
focused and work according to the preferences of
the visitors of the library. The inclusion of informal
spaces will not only act as an addition to the user’s
preference but shall also help to enhance the over-
all leaning that the user will get in this space. The
spaces shall help improve the grasping power of an
individual as it is observed in many studies online
that an individual responds better intellectual in an
open outdoor setting rather than an indoor restricted
setting. It provides an early step toward
understanding the complexity of free-choice
learning experiences in “dynamical learning
environments”
From the entire study it can be concluded that
the future of a public library can be shaped by the
following points –
4.1. The public library has to be flexible in terms of
spaces.
4.2. The spaces can be designed by taking into
consideration maximum user preferences.
4.3. The public library has to be multifunctional and
cater to the multiple needs of the user.
4.4. The library has to exist in harmony with its
natural and urban environment.
4.5. The public library should be viewed as an
open, communal and social center
References
Barr, R., & Tagg, J. (1995). A New Paradigm for
Undergraduate Education from Teaching
to Learning. Change, 13-25.
Pearlman, B. (2006). 21st century learning in
schools: A case study of New Technology
High School.
Website:http://www.bobpearlman.org/Artic
les/21stCenturyLearning.html
Sarah, P. (2008) Deconstructing the Library:
Reconceptualizing Collections, Spaces
and Services, 219-233
Springer Open, (2016) City, Territory and
Architecture
Website:https://cityterritoryarchitecture.spri
ngeropen.com/articles/10.1186/s40410-
016-0046-9
 How Vernacular Architecture is affected in Palghar
district due to Urbanization and Industrialization

Save, Mihir

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: This paper aims at understanding of urbanization and industrialization of some areas in Palghar District and its
impact on vernacular rural environment in neighbourhood areas. Changes in housing pattern in recent times also have
been discussed in this paper. Also challenges of urbanization and industrialization and issues regarding sustainability have
been discussed in this research paper. This paper also discussed about how Palghar has emerged as a new emerging town
which is the main reason of changes happened in neighbourhood.

Keywords: Urbanization, Industrialization, Vernacular Architecture, Development, Environment, Sustainable.

1. Introduction
The human race has changed and shaped the
environment in which they live. Local and
traditional construction products derived from the
connection between human and the environment
reflect the culture of the human life. Buildings
which are derived from the local and traditional
construction products conform to topography, local
climate the wind, solar radiation, air movements,
temperature, humidity and landscape. (Salgın, B.,
Bayram, Ö., Akgün, A., & Agyekum, K. 2017).
Vernacular architecture establishes a
harmonious relationship between climate,
architecture and people. Vernacular architectural
products could be associated with sustainable
architectural principles. This is because the
common goal of sustainable design and vernacular
architecture is to produce environmentally friendly
constructions that are compatible with the
surrounding conditions and that can last for many
years. (Sayigh, A, 2019)
The buildings are, however, distinguished in
three groups (Singh R.Y, 1944)
Primitive building - It most simply, refers to that
produced by societies defined as primitive by
anthropologists.
Pre-industrial Vernacular - A greater,
thought, still, limited, number of building types,
more individual variations of the model, built by
the tradesmen.
High style and modern - Many specialized
building types, each building being an original
creation although this may be changing, designed
and built by a team of specialists. Though the
buildings/houses can be studied in various ways,
the best approach is to look at them
chronologically-tracing the development overtime,
either of techniques, forms and ideas, or of thoughts
of the designer.
2. Methodology
First method adopted was to observe visual or
physical change happened over the years in
Palghar. Second method was to document change in
housing patterns near Palghar. How Change in
construction method has happened is stated. Then
how new government projects are coming up in the
area and making impact is elaborated. Also key
locations in which industrialization is taking place
is identified and how it is affecting vernacular
environment is elaborated.
3. Urbanization in Palghar
As Palghar is located at close proximity to Mumbai,
it will be starting to emerge as a new satellite town
for Mumbai after Vasai-Virar. Also extent of
Mumbai likely to be increased in near future, hence
Palghar would become important town.

Fig. 3. Palghar in 2019

Source: Google Earth

As seen from above two satellite images, it can be

clearly seen that development has taken place in
Palghar over the years which is expanding as a
Fig. 1. Satellite Town Concept town after newly formed district.
Source: Self-Generated

Due to urbanization and increased tourism activity,
tribal community in the district started worrying as
they are the original dwellers of the area.
Nowadays real estate developers have started
investing in Palghar and new residential townships
are coming at affordable cost in Palghar which is
vanishing Palghar’s original identity.
4. Changing housing patterns in Kelve
It is the region with different castes with major
population of Vadvals and Aadivasi people are
living.
4.1. Old Aadivasi House

Fig. 4. Old Aadivasi House Fig. 5. Old Aadivasi House

Source: Clicked by Author Source: Clicked by Author

Fig. 2. Palghar in 2004

Source: Google Earth

Also the government projects like Bullet Train

proposal is coming in district hence original
Fig. 6. Old Aadivasi House Fig. 7. Old Aadivasi House
dwellers of area have started affected and because Source: Clicked by Author Source: Clicked by Author
of this real estate developer have started growing in
Palghar, Boisar, Dahanu after Vasai-Virar.
4.1.1. Walling system - Bamboo, stems with cow
dung.
4.1.2. Roofing system - Framing of bamboo and
trunk of trees, waste wooden sheets with roof as
leaves coconut trees.
4.1.3. Flooring - Cow dung.
4.2. New Aadivasi House renovated under
Gramghar Yojana
4.3.1. Walling system - Stone wall without cement
mortar, brick wall used after repairing.
4.3.2. Roofing system - Wooden framing with
Mangalore tiles.
4.3.3. Flooring - Kotah stone.
4.3.4. Windows - Double panel window with
wooden framing.
4.4. New Vadval house

Fig. 8. New Aadivasi House Fig. 9. New Aadivasi House Fig. 16. New Vadval House Fig. 17. New Vadval House
Source: Clicked by Author Source: Clicked by Author Source: Clicked by Author Source: Clicked by Author

Fig. 10. New Aadivasi House Fig. 11. New Aadivasi House Fig. 18. New Vadval House Fig. 19. New Vadval House
Source: Clicked by Author Source: Clicked by Author Source: Clicked by Author Source: Clicked by Author

4.2.1. Walling system - Brick wall. 4.4.1. Storey - G+1 structure.

4.2.2. Roofing system - Corrugated sheets.
4.2.3. Windows - Wooden framing for windows.
4.3. Old Vadval house
Fig. 12. Old Vadval House
Source: Clicked by Author
Fig. 14. Old Vadval House
Source: Clicked by Author
4.4.2. Walling system - Brick wall with proper
finishes.
4.4.3. Roofing system - Flat roof, Mangalore tiles
and corrugated roof at backyard.
4.4.4. Flooring - Marble flooring.
As seen from above examples, it can be seen
that change in use of construction materials has
taken place over the years like roofing system used
by metal sheets which heats up in summer,
changing structural system from load bearing to
RCC frame structures. This scenario is increasing
Fig. 13. Old Vadval House
day by day as development is increasing.
Source: Clicked by Author
5. Industrial Revolution of Palghar District
It typically begins when a factory or multiple factories
are established within a region, thus creating a high
demand for factory labour. Other businesses such as
building manufacturers, retailers, and service
providers then follow the factories to meet the product
Fig. 15. Old Vadval House demands of the workers. This creates even more jobs
Source: Clicked by Author and demands for housing, thus establishing an urban
area. Also due to
industrialization, workers started demanding
housing, so government proposes low cost housing
for them which has no vernacular essence.
Once an area is industrialized, the process of
urbanization continues for a much longer period of
time as the area goes through several phases of
economic and social reform.
In Boisar, Maharashtra Industrial
Development Corporation, the Industrial
Department of Tata Steel, JSW Steel, Viraj Steel,
also clothes producing companies exists. The Wada
Taluka has been assigned as the ‘D’ class industrial
level, Wada taluka have factories like Onida,Coca-
Cola. In Vasai Taluka Vasai, Virar, Nallasopara,
this places has developed small as well as large
industrial areas. Dahanu Taluka Chinchani, Tarapur
has major businesses in traditional Dye makings.
Due to industrialization, natural resources and
rural environment are exposed to various
environmental risks. For example, major industries
are located in Dahanu Taluka which is ecological
sensitive area which is affecting settlements there.
Dahanu also in a major threat under various project
proposals like Sea Port, highways, freight corridors
etc.
Fig. 20. Dahanu Thermal Power Station
Source: https://www.ejatlas.org/
Also growth of industries leads to use of modern
materials like steel, glass. So vernacular character
of the area in future is in threat. As of now
industrialization is happening in pockets in Palghar
district, so it is creating impact only on
neighbourhood areas. But this leads to displacement
of existing residents, majorly effects on tribal
people due to encroachment of new industries
coming up and proposed government projects.
6. Conclusion
Vernacular architecture has a various special
characters that determines sustainability of area.
Changes in built environment in the name of
development is directly affecting vernacular
architecture. Development should happen in a such
a way that we should incorporate vernacular
elements in it to sustain that vernacular essence. i.e.
we should integrate vernacular with modern. We
should not forget vernacular architecture in the
name of trend. Sustainability can be achieved by
using low cost techniques, alternate building
materials, climatic considerations in design.
As Palghar district consists majorly rural area
and also district has majorly occupied forest area,
hence we should restrict urbanization and expansion
of industries into rural areas in Palghar district.
References
Industrial Information | District Palghar,
Government of Maharashtra | India. (n.d.).
Retrieved March 5, 2020, from
https://palghar.gov.in/industrial-
information/
Investopedia. (n.d.). How Does Industrialization
Lead to Urbanization? Investopedia.
Retrieved March 5, 2020, from
https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/
041515/how-does-industrialization-lead-
urbanization.asp
Salgın, B., Bayram, Ö., Akgün, A., & Agyekum,
K. (2017). Sustainable Features of
Vernacular Architecture. Arts, 6(3), 11.
Sayigh, A. (2019). Sustainable Vernacular
Architecture: How the Past Can Enrich the
Future [Ebook] (p. 147). Retrieved from
https://www.springer.com/gp/book/978303
0061845
Singh R.Y(1994). Geography of settlements,
Rawat publications, Jaipur, India.
Srinivas, D. (2015). Impact of Culture on Rural
Built Environment. International
Conference on IT, Architecture and
Mechanical Engineering, Dubai.
 Crematorium and Burial grounds as space for Recreation

Shah, Parthi

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Would you even consider visiting a crematorium or burial ground to take a stroll or for any recreational
activity?
In the current setup of society, especially in the dense urban settlements, the issue of scarcity in availability of open spaces,
green spaces are observed and experienced on a large scale. This has an adverse effect on the physical and psychological
well-being of its residents. In the process of urbanizing a region, spaces like burial grounds and crematorium are
sacrificed in order to suffice the need of the rapidly urbanizing society. Seldom crematoriums or burial grounds are
relocated or preserved if they are of some historical or certain importance. The role of such spaces in generating or
behaving as breathing pockets within this development is hardly recognized.
This paper focuses on the need of utilizing spaces of crematorium and burial as a public space, for recreational purpose. It
also aims to measure the potential of such spaces for recreational purpose by studying and analyzing similar spaces. The
paper discusses the impact of development of such spaces on social and psychological aspects of the current setup of
society.

Keywords- Urban, crematorium, burial ground, recreation, open space.

1. Introduction
India, being a secular country where many different
types of rituals are performed for the deceased,
most of them have one common characteristic i.e.
attending the space where these rituals take place
(crematorium, burial ground, etc.). For any activity
or purpose other than the one specified, is
considered to be a taboo.
When one observes the urban density of
Mumbai, in Figure 1, it is found that the ratio of
density of infrastructural development to the open
Fig. 1. Changing Urban Density of Mumbai Source:
spaces required, is frail. Interestingly, it is also https://www.orfonline.org/wp-
found that burial grounds, crematorium and other content/uploads/2013/08/Tactics-strategies.pdf
similar spaces are provided in abundance due to
diversity in the type of spaces required for such memory of the deceased. In this process, the
purposes as per various religious beliefs and importance of these spaces and its value is
practices. Thus, it can be observed and safely said understood by all. People start respecting these
that crematorium and burial grounds are often some spaces rather than be fearful about it.
of the best-preserved green spaces in cities. But the It is found that children are not involved in
cultural norms of religious beliefs prevent optimum the process of the rituals for a deceased person,
utilization of many of them as public spaces that especially not taken near such spaces since they
cater to the needs of the living while respecting the
consider it a taboo. This has a strong impact on the
psychology of an individual since their childhood.
2. Case Studies around the Globe
2.1 Rural Cemetery
The rural cemetery movement of the 1830s and
1840s in US combined burial grounds with well-
used green spaces. Fueled by concerns about health
and sanitation, cities pushed burial sites out of
urban cores and into nearby neighborhoods,
building cemeteries that were not only designated
for funerary uses, but also for recreation and
relaxation.
2.2 Mount Auburn Cemetery, Cambridge
In Cambridge, scenic Mount Auburn Cemetery was
built to be a horticultural destination and sanctuary
for local wildlife, quickly gaining status as a
sought-after final burial place through the 1830s.
Fig. 2. Mount Auburn Cemetery Source:
https://daily.jstor.org/when-cemeteries-became-natural-
sanctuaries/
Mount Auburn Cemetery, as shown in Figure
2, is the first landscaped rural or “garden” cemetery
in the United States. Established in 1831 in
Watertown and Cambridge, Massachusetts, the
cemetery was not only designed as a resting place
for the deceased, but also as an attraction and
pleasure ground, with picturesque landscapes,
winding paths, a variety of horticulture, and
sculptural art. Its success inspired other cemeteries’
designs and in turn articulated the need for public
parks and gardens launching the American parks
movement.
2.3 Green-Wood Cemetery, Brooklyn
Green-Wood Cemetery in Brooklyn was another of
the first rural cemeteries, and when it was founded
Fig. 3. Green-Wood Cemetery
Source:https://www.nationalgeographic.com/animals/2019/10/
cemeteries-home-to-diverse-plants-animals/
in 1838, its success paved the way for public spaces
like Central and Prospect Parks. Bucking the
general trend toward single-use burial grounds,
Green-Wood, as seen in Figure 3, has maintained
its multi-use character, and remains a popular
weekend destination for Brooklynites in search of a
place to go for a walk, share a meal with friends, or
simply enjoy some nature.
3. Indian Context
It is important to understand that in Indian Context,
while experimenting with such space designing,
parameters like beliefs of people, their faith, rituals
are taken into consideration. While doing so, the
taboos associated with the same also need to be
broken, but with care and respect. For example, in
India, there have been Memorials developed, which
are spaces for paying respects to the deceased. But
these are developed for the people who lost their
lives in serving their country. They develop as
tourist spaces and add value to the emotional,
national, historic significance to that place.
Similarly, a variety of activities which adds to the
value of space as both, grieving and recreational
space can be introduced as well.
Along with breaking taboos, a new platform or
opportunity like introducing new activities such as
horticulture, play or performances that are related to
the theme of the burial grounds or the religion
aids in gaining identity and creating vitality to this 3.1.4 Harness the history of these spaces
space. From guided explorations of the cemetery grounds
at dusk to tours of monuments and their meanings,
3.1 Breaking taboos respectfully
green-wood’s programming captures the historic
From the rural cemetery movement, one can value of the traditions surrounding burial grounds.
understand how crematoriums and burial grounds Meanwhile, Oakland cemetery in Atlanta is
can reclaim their role as places for the society. working to “re-create the Victorian garden
cemetery experience,” and has stepped up
3.1.1 Devote staff time to outreach and restoration efforts with support from the historic
engagement Oakland foundation. Mount Auburn cemetery
Crematoriums and burial grounds can only maintain opens up its grounds to site-specific plays, as seen
a multi-use character if they have staff working to in the Figure 5, that tap into the history and natural
add value to the surrounding residents, beyond beauty of the burial grounds. Rather than simply
burial services. arranging for generic activities to take place in a
For example, green-wood cemetery has cemetery, the key to creating real destinations is to
multiple staff members with expertise in public incorporate a strong sense of place into
engagement and outreach who organize frequent crematoriums and burial grounds programming.
events and manage volunteer opportunities.
3.1.2 Ask the Community 3.1.5 Consider revenue streams that encourage use
The only way to break taboos is to talk about them,
first. Crematoriums and burial grounds can dive
into the placemaking process by engaging members
of the society in an ongoing conversation around
what uses should and shouldn’t be allowed in these
spaces of their locality.
3.1.3 Support the Arts
Contemplative by design, crematoriums and burial
grounds are particularly well-suited to arts-centric
activations. For example, as shown in Figure 4,
Mount Auburn cemetery maintains an artist-in-
residence program. Meanwhile, green-wood Fig. 5. Permitting site specific plays for public viewing Source:
features its many sculptures through walking tours, https://www.pps.org/article/multi-use-cemeteries-a-place-for-the-
and has played host to well-known interactive living-in-the-land-of-the-dead
installations by visitors to deposit their secrets in a
grave designed by the artist.

Fig. 6. Introducing parks, play areas, resting areas Source:

https://www.pps.org/article/multi-use-cemeteries-a-place-for-the-
living-in-the-land-of-the-dead
Fig. 4. Introducing arts and sculptures Source:
https://www.pps.org/article/multi-use-cemeteries-a-place-for-
the-living-in-the-land-of-the-dead When it comes to finances, many cemeteries have
successfully implemented new paid permits that
allow locals to walk their dogs on the grounds. At
green-wood, a membership plan offers participants
benefits like genealogy research and discounts on
events. New York’s marble cemetery charges users
to rent the space for events and weddings, and
provides guidelines that maintain respectful
boundaries for the space. These techniques not only
create opportunities to raise funds for management,
but encourage stewardship and continued use.

4. Conclusion
In this dense urban setup, it is a need to move past
the taboos towards optimum utilization of open
spaces. While doing so, it is of utmost importance
to understand the purpose of each space and respect
its need while catering to multiple activities.
Psychologically, the belief, response and
understanding of people towards such spaces should
be changed from a fearful space into a more of
respectful and celebration of memories and life of
the deceased.
More than just a final resting place, these can
be places for people to rest, play, and gather every
day. With a few changes, they can become vital
parts of the public realm, where one is as likely to
see someone going for a jog as attending a
memorial service.

References
Greenfield, R. (2011, March 16). Our First Public
Parks: The Forgotten History of
Cemeteries. The Atlantic.
Meier, A. C. (2019, April 11). When Cemeteries
Became Natural Sanctuaries. JSTOR Daily.
ResearchGate. (n.d.). Retrieved March 4, 2020,
ResearchGate. (n.d.). Retrieved March 4, 2020,
Swensen, G., Nordh, H., & Brendalsmo, J. (2016).
A green space between life and death – a
case study of activities in Gamlebyen
Cemetery in Oslo, Norway. Norsk
Geografisk Tidsskrift - Norwegian Journal
of Geography, 70(1), 41–53.
Multi-Use Cemeteries: A Place for the Living in the
Land of the Dead. (n.d.). Retrieved March
25, 2020
Why cemeteries are a surprising source of life.
(2019, October 16). Animals.

.
 Spatial Characteristics of Architecture that Evoke
Sense of Spirituality

Takle, Shalmali

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Contemporary architectural design practice in our society primarily focuses on addressing basic human needs
(physical and physiological) without sufficient attention to higher-order needs, which are defined as ‘self-transcendence’.
India is considered as the home of spiritual and cultural heritage and ancient wisdom. However, due to an affinity to
westernization, the spiritual roots of India are slowly disappearing. This has resulted in creation of spaces that lack a sense
of humanity. How does the built then address the more personal, and intimate needs of an individual? How do buildings and
streets engage an individual in personal growth, creating a means of self-introspection and reflection on one's meaningful
life? This research explores the ides of spiritual space and what it means in an urban context. It also inquires how to create
a physical space which can evoke a sense of spirituality that can allow healing and learning to take place and can provide
an escape from the chaos of the profane world, the everyday world that surrounds them at all other times. This research is
an architectural exploration of designing spaces that seek these qualities of the sacred. It is the objective of this research to
make more visible these invisible qualities of the built environment, by exploring the relationship between Hinduism,
Buddhism, Jainism and contemporary architectural design practice.

Keywords: Spirituality, Sacred space, Religion, Healing environment, spatial attributes

1. Introduction
“Not to consider ‘I am this’, that is freedom.”
-The Buddha
The world is becoming secular day by day. The role
of religion keeps diminishing so one might believe
that so does the role of spirituality. However,
research suggests that while people have largely
stopped visiting religious places and have started
questioning the core of religion, they still believe in
God or a superpower, whatever that might mean to
them personally. In his book On Sacred Space,
Julio Bermudez talks about how ‘our contemporary
civilization has exacerbated the feelings of
existential emptiness and meaninglessness’. The
author asserts that the need for ‘spiritual’ or
‘transcendent’ space could not be more relevant.
So if people need spirituality in a space how
is architecture to satisfy that need in the modern,
secular world? Most of the sacred buildings rely on
religious iconography and symbolism in order to
invoke a spiritual atmosphere? Isn’t it only the act
of worshipping that goes on inside a building that
makes it spiritual?
Not every built structure brings the same
emotions and energy as that of a spiritual space. Its
designers strive to reduce the world to a series of
abstractions and reconstruct it in the form of a
building. The ultimate goal of this is not to worship
one deity or another, but to create a space where a
person can contemplate his or her own existence in
the world. The aim is a sort of non-religious
spirituality that is concerned with the mystery of
being itself, not with myths. More existential than
religious. This approach is a sort of shortcut to a
transcendental feeling that avoids the murky waters
of religion.
2. Related work
2.1. What is spirituality?
The word ‘spirituality’ holds different meaning for
different people and both religious and secular
directions. Additionally, a place that holds
meaning, that is sacred for one person, will not
necessarily hold meaning for someone else.
Christina Puchalski, MD, Director of the
George Washington Institute for Spirituality and
Health, contends that "spirituality is the aspect of
humanity that refers to the way individuals seek and
express meaning and purpose and the way they
experience their connectedness to the moment, to
self, to others, to nature, and to the significant or
sacred."
Abraham Maslow (American psychologist)
identified 15 characteristics of people who were
motivated by peak experience which was related to
self-transcendence (Maslow 1961):
2.1.1. Feelings of integration, unity, whole,
organized
2.1.2. Feeling fused with the world; becoming ego-
less
2.1.3. Using all capacities at their best and fullest;
fully functioning
2.1.4. Effortlessness in functioning (flow, ‘in the
groove’)
2.1.5. Feeling responsible, active, being the creating
centre of activities; being a prime mover, self-
determined
2.1.6. Feeling free of blocks, inhibitions, cautions,
fears, doubts, controls, reservations and self-
criticisms
2.1.7. Spontaneous, expressive, innocently
behaving (guileless, naive, honest, candid,
ingenuous, childlike), more natural (simple,
relaxed, unhesitant, unaffected, immediate), more
controlled and freely flowing outward
2.1.1. Creative, Uniqueness, individuality,
idiosyncratic
2.1.8. Here now; free of the past and future
2.1.9. Being a “pure-psyche” living under one’s
own laws; less of thing of the world and more a
pure self
2.1.10. Non-striving, non-needing
2.1.11. Expression and communication become
poetic, mythical and rhapsodic
2.1.12. A Sense of completeness, authenticity,
catharsis
2.1.13. Gratitude towards a higher power, humility,
feeling fortunate
2.2. Case studies
2.2.1. Tadao Ando’s meditation space at Paris
Tadao Ando’s architecture adopts two primary
ways to evoke spirituality: it uses ideal geometry
and it incorporates the elements of nature into the
design. According to Ando, the building’s very
purpose is to ‘transcend ethnic, cultural, and
religious’ differences. In Ando’s own words, “The
space has no other function but to be a refuge for
the spirit, a place where you can think about your
own existence.”
The use of ideal geometry: The space is a
perfect square in section and a perfect circle in plan.
The circle and square are an ancient symbolic pair,
complementary symbols of the physical (square)
and metaphysical (circle). Subdued light seeps in
from a circular opening above with the human at its
center.
Fig. 1. Meditation space, Paris, France
Source: www.unesco.org
Elements of universe: Tadao Ando has added to its
geometry the four Platonic elements: fire, air, earth,
and water. Water already exists on site. The
building is surrounded by a shallow pool whose
sound adds a meditative ambience to the place. Air
is present as a steady current that naturally arises
between the two opposing openings that lead to and
out of the cylindrical shell. Finally, fire is present in
its more abstracted form of light coming from the
openings on the ground level and the ceiling slits.
It is the clarity and simplicity of Ando’s
Meditation Space that makes it so useful to those
who strive to preserve architecture’s spiritual
qualities without religion into the 21st century.
2.2.2. F.L.Wright, Fallingwater, Mill Run,
Pennsylvania
The cream coloured trays of Fallingwater give the
impression of floating above the stream without
support until the system, of cantilevering beams is
revealed behind the stone core as one crosses the
bridge. Wright’s response was site specific. Wright
found a local stone, which he had roughly squared
and then laid to the natural bedding of the
sedimentary rocks, which form low cliffs along the
stream. The three elements of nature – rocks, water,
and light that Wright distinguished at the site, each
reacting with but independent of each other, were
translated into components.
“Fallingwater relates custom-fabricated
objects to machine-finished surfaces both smooth
and rough, contrasting the homogeneity of steel,
glass, and painted plaster with the natural surfaces
of stone, water, and foliage. The resulting dialogue
is sensual as well as intellectual and can be
thoroughly appreciated only through direct
experience.” (Doremus 1985)
Fig. 2. Fallingwater, Paris, France
Source: www.waterlandlife.org/
2.3. The study
2.3.1. Emotional Design
Emotional value is important in design for
enhancing user experience. Emotional design then,
provides an aesthetic interaction that engages users
on an emotional, meaningful, and psychological
level. Whereas the focus of computing is on
adjusting to what it believes the user is feeling,
emotional design focuses on the emotional
experience.
2.3.2. Sensuality
A sensual experience creates an awareness
(conscious or subconscious) of one’s surroundings
and takes steps along a path toward an awakening
(Watts 1989, 83). As architect Peter Zumthor
suggests it’s not enough to simply engage the
senses and use materials, textures, light at a base
level, but to do so in a way that is authentic and
truthful to the observer.
2.3.3. Biophilia
The concept of Biophilia argues that human beings
have an inherent need to be close to and integrated
with nature (Kellert and Wilson 1993). Hence,
biophilia would be important in establishing an
experience of feeling unified and whole. Biophilia
also plays a role in engaging all the senses as part
of the experience of place.
2.3.4. Transition spaces
From mighty Gopurams, Darwazas to simple and
humble doorways in residences, the treatment of
entrances may vary in size and detailing, while the
definition and essence remains the same. Any
entrance not only stops at the doorway, they can be
as elaborate as one needs it to be and the privacy
and accessibility of the space depends on the user,
community, their culture as well as their economic
background.
Fig. 3. Gopuram and Darwaza and Threshold of a residence
Source: www.tutorialspoint.com
Fig. 4. Mandapa in Temples and Otla of a traditional Indian
house
Source: www.tutorialspoint.com
3. Findings
According to the research, some common design
characteristics found that help to create a spiritual
experience are as follows:
3.1. Threshold
The threshold is the pathway into the spiritual
space, which helps to separate the space from the
outer world and invites the person to step inside.
The importance of the threshold is that it acts as a
mediator between these two contrasting spaces.
Thresholds can differ in its design but its role
remains the same.
3.2. Space and volume
Space and volume hold qualities that can only be
experienced. Sense of surroundings defines the
space as separate entity from the overall outside
environment. The volume of a space defines the
experience a visitor will have in it. Large spaces
may make a person feel inferior whereas small low
height spaces might help him safe and connected to
the interiors.
3.3. Scale and proportion
Scale and proportions have always played a crucial
role in spiritual architecture. Some merge into the
fabric of the neighboring community, others stand
out as landmarks, easily recognized for their special
purpose. Generally, the spaces take a monumental
scale to create an atmosphere of terror, mystery and
magnificence. By coming into such spaces, whose
proportions are inhuman, the visitor has a chance to
enter a completely different mind-set.
3.4. Light and shadow
Natural light and artificial light both have a strong
effect on the atmosphere of a spiritual space. It
gives the architect of a space the ability to hide or
reveal what he/she wants the occupant to see. This
helps create possible experiences, ranging from
directing individuals to have a focal point or
bewilderment of one's surrounding. A lot of times
the most memorable things from a spiritual space is
the quality of the light.
3.5. Engagement of the Senses-
Senses are the primary equipment we have to gather
information from our external environment. Within
a space, the engagement of the five senses of an
individual is a simple and effective way to place
them into a mind-set that is conducive to deeper
thoughts or meditation. If senses are controlled
towards a particular object, the mind follows.
3.6. Colour-
The colour theory could offer designers with a
framework for understanding the possible effects
and behaviour of particular colours on the occupant.
A spiritual space in a remote village might use
warm colours to stimulate the inhabitants while a
spiritual space in a bustling city might use cool
colours to relax and calm the lives of the fast-
moving urban people. The key is to create a
contrasting experience for people to immediately
understand that the space is not mundane.
3.7. Approach
The approach not only has an external
demonstration but it can also be the beginning of an
inward journey into the internal spiritual space.
Though not demonstrated in a conventional
architectural manner, in this case, the material
elements of the sacred space are its body. The
inward journey may take whole life for a person to
achieve its destination.
3.8. Connection with nature-
When an individual occupies an architectural space
that is connected to the natural world, he/she
experiences being part of a logical and amicable
place. Generally, a person's mind is calmer and
quieter when they are connected to nature, whether
walking, sitting etc. Research has shown that being
outside in sunlight actually keeps a person's state of
joyful and happy.
3.9. Memory
Based on a person’s upbringing, he/she develop
different concepts of what is sacred and what isn’t,
and their memory thus becomes essential for future
experiences of spiritual spaces. When a person
experiences a new space, whose characteristics are
similar to a memorable sacred space, they begin to
recall feelings and emotions of the previous sacred
space they were in and they begin to ally the new
spatial experience as sacred. In this way, memory,
sacredness, and architecture all bond together.
4. Conclusion
It has been observed that the following
characteristics are important in order to create a
spiritual space-
4.1. Threshold
4.2. Space and Volume
4.3. Scale and Proportion
4.4. Light and Shadow
4.5. Engagement of the Senses
4.6. Color
4.7. Approach
4.8. Connection with Nature
4.9. Memory
The above mentioned spatial characteristics
should be incorporated in creating a spiritual
space so that one can escape the ordinary world
and enter into spiritual one.
Reference
Transition Spaces and how they translate—RTF
| Rethinking The Future. (n.d.).
Retrieved March 5, 2020, from
https://www.re-
thinkingthefuture.com/article/transition-
spaces-and-how-they-translate/
Mishra, S., & Dave, R. (2019). Architecture as
Transition: Creating Sacred Space.
06(10), 4.
Ideas, Minor Voices, and Topics on the
Margins, 8.
Divine Inspiration: 15 Spiritual Spaces |
ArchDaily. (n.d.). Retrieved March 5,
2020, from
https://www.archdaily.com/497857/divi
nely-inspired-architecture
The Spirituality And Architecture Theology
Religion Essay. (n.d.). Retrieved March 5,
2020, from
https://www.ukessays.com/essays/theology/
the-spirituality-and-architecture-theology-
religion-essay.php
Birch, R. (2013). Spirituality in Place: Building
Connections Between Architecture, Design,
and Spiritual Experience. Culture: New
Ideas, Minor Voices, and Topics on the Margins, 8.
Secular Spirituality in Architecture – INVOLVED.
(n.d.). Retrieved March 5, 2020, from
https://involvedmag.com/secular-
spirituality-in-architecture/
Transition Spaces and how they translate—RTF |
Rethinking The Future. (n.d.). Retrieved
March 5, 2020, from https://www.re-
thinkingthefuture.com/article/transition-
spaces-and-how-they-translate/
Mishra, S., & Dave, R. (2019). Architecture as
Transition: Creating Sacred Space. 06(10),
4.
The World Bank. (2012). The Economics of
Uniqueness: Investing in Historic City
Cores and Cultural Heritage Assets for
Sustainable Development (Vol. The Urban
Development Series)). (G. Licciardi, & R.
Amirtahmasebi, Eds.) Library of Congress
Cataloging-in-Publication Data.
WHO. (2000). Obesity: Preventing and Managing
the Global Epidemic. Geneva: The World
Health Organization
 Study on impact of community housing on senior citizens

Takle, Shalmali

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: Alternative housing options will be needed to meet the needs of senior citizens in the country. Co-housing schemes
are developed to provide mutual support and social contacts while alleviating the isolation and loneliness often experienced
in ordinary neighbourhoods. This study on a senior co-housing community in Panvel, Maharashtra, India asked what a
“sense of community” meant to the residents and how a sense of community becomes visible in daily life. For these
residents, a sense of community meant not only living with like-minded people but also communal activities, doing things
together, learning from each other, and having emotional support, all of which created a sense of togetherness, belonging,
and trust. The findings of this study showed that moving in a cohousing facility in later life can offer a viable option of
having a living environment that one likes, which calls for a broader interpretation of housing policy guided by “aging in
place” thinking. This paper discusses co-housing as a Cohousing is a form of group living which clusters individual homes
around a ‘common house’ - or shared space and amenities.

Keywords: Co-housing, Senior citizens, Sense of community, ageing, Social support

1. Introduction
“Retirement is no longer an individual’s last few
declining years but rather the beginning of a
significant portion of an individual’s life.”
is what distinguishing cohousing from ordinary
housing developments and is an organic process
which takes time.

The era of joint families is slowly ending in most 2. Related work

urban areas, with families turning to nuclear setups
and young people seeking career in bigger cities or
even abroad. As a result, parents have to often look
after themselves or live on their own. It is very easy
to slip into isolation and depression during the elder
years of life. Run and controlled entirely by
members of the group working together, it is based
on mutual support, self-governance and active
participation. Physically, it is designed to promote
easy social interaction among its members and
generally has a ‘common house’ or equivalent for
shared meals and events.
While senior cohousing’s chief characteristic
is that it is an ‘intentional community’, a sense of
community does not ‘just happen’ merely from
putting same aged people together. Group cohesion
requires specific capacity and design of building if
groups are to function well and harmoniously. This
2.1. Characteristics of senior co-housing
The word ‘spirituality’ holds different meaning for
different people and both religious and secular
directions. Additionally, a place that holds
meaning, that is sacred for one person, will not
necessarily hold meaning for someone else.
2.1.1. Is based on a clear intention to live as an
active participant in a group of people of similar
age;
2.1.2. Is an investment by older people themselves
in social capital and mutual support;
2.1.3. Offers an additional option for the informal
care and housing needs of people approaching old
age;
2.1.4. Offers opportunities for learning and skill
exchange as well as scope for shared activities;
2.1.5. Keeps older people active, healthy and
engaged and reduces demand for health and social
care services;
2.1.6. Offers a blend of privacy and community;
2.1.7. Encourages people to think positively about
ageing
2.2. Barriers to the elder adult community
from socializing
The notion that seniors are always isolated is not
always necessarily true. If the effort to rebuild new
personal ties with individuals and social groups is
possible, then the process of building new social
connections with new acquaintances is likely.
Though the loss of close contacts can cause a
breakdown of one’s connections to the greater
community, often times it also leads to a collapse of
the individual’s physical health or mobility. In D.H.
Metz’ article ‘Mobility of Elder People and Their
Quality of Life’, the author examines the loss of
mobility with increasing age and its effects on
quality of life. The findings point to focusing the
creation of and adaption of existing housing to
stimulate connectivity with the community for
seniors with a loss of mobility.
2.3. The study
2.3.1. The Shantikunj Sevashram at Harigram,
Panvel.
Fig. 1. Shanitkung Sevashram, Panvel
Source: Author
Shared activities form the daily routine of senior
citizens living in Shantikunj Sevashram. Their daily
routine consists of going for a walk together,
cooking food together, attending daily Pooja and
Kirtans in the temple on site, yoga, etc. A talk with
the residents of this community revealed how they
have become a family, helping each other with their
up’s and down’s, sharing daily chores as well
working for the growth and sustenance of the
facility. Some residents also revealed how this
community has helped them to reduce the feeling of
isolation or grief. This Sevashram is funded by the
residents and an NGO.
The Community Project’s experience shows
that cohousing’s potential is nourished by the active
participation of individuals, which makes it an
everyday reality.
2.4. Senior housing in India
While concepts like old-age homes have often had
negative associations, the idea of moving to
retirement villages or senior-living accommodation
is slowly catching on in India. There are
approximately 20,000 units currently operational,
under construction, or in the planning phase, while
the urban demand is for 240,000 houses.
Some of the earliest senior living projects
had started in Kerala, Andhra Pradesh, and Tamil
Nadu, spurred by the fact that the young working
population in these states was migrating abroad,
leaving behind ageing parents who needed support.
The concept has now moved from traditional
retirement hubs such as Coimbatore, Puducherry,
Goa, and Dehradun to suburban areas around major
cities such as Delhi, Bengaluru, Chennai, and Pune,
which allow for more space and less cramped
environs for large retirement projects.
All these project are designed as co-housing
units and include shared facilities such as theatres,
yoga clubs, gym, outdoor games, etc. which further
help to strengthen the community bond.This kind of
community living ensures that there is neither
loneliness nor alienation, and therefore better
mental health. Seniors are secure and their self-
esteem is intact as they don’t have to depend on
their children.
It’s a concept that India is increasingly
warming up to, judging by the growing number of
such retirement homes across the country.
3. Findings
An interview was conducted with 10 senior citizens
and they were asked about their opinion on senior
co-housing. The result was as follows.
3.1. Almost no participants had heard of cohousing,
although some were able to guess that it involves
sharing living space.
3.2. Only a couple of participants in each focus
group were immediately enthusiastic about the idea
while most said it was ‘a nice idea, but not for me’.
3.3. The social, economic and environmental
benefits of cohousing were not well understood.
3.4. There were concerns about others not doing
their work.
3.5. They could see benefits from community
interaction, but many felt they already had
connection to a community so did not need to
create one
3.6. Cohousing with family seemed slightly more
popular than cohousing with friends or strangers
3.7. In contrast, some seniors saw community
interaction as a big advantage.
3.8. Some seniors liked the benefit of having
friends to talk to and go for walk or do yoga and
Pooja together in co-housing model.
4. Conclusion
Cohousing has the potential to be a model where
needs for physical and social support can be met
while offering a venue for reciprocal and symbiotic
relationships between senior citizens and the
environment. Through the joint development of
physical and evidence based design strategies,
cohousing has the capacity to promote and maintain
the physical, mental and social health for Elder
Indians who seek to age actively.
References
Age-Friendly Communities Matter for Older
People’s Well-Being | SpringerLink. (n.d.).
Retrieved September 14, 2019, from
https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s1
0902-017-9923-5
Aging in Community: The Communitarian
Alternative to Aging in Place, Alone |
American Society on Aging. (n.d.).
Retrieved September 14, 2019, from
https://www.asaging.org/blog/aging-
community-communitarian-
alternative-aging-place-alone
Caldeira, R. (2012). Urban ageing: The
social inclusion of senior citizens.
COMMUNITY | meaning in the Cambridge English
Dictionary. (n.d.). Retrieved September 28,
2019, from
https://dictionary.cambridge.org/dictionary/
english/community
Retirement Communities in North, West and East
India—Silver Talkies. (n.d.). Retrieved July
15, 2019, from
https://silvertalkies.com/retirement-
communities-in-north-west-and-east-india/
Senior citizens: Here are all the benefits available to
senior citizens—The Economic Times.
(n.d.). Retrieved September 15, 2019, from
https://economictimes.indiatimes.com/wealt
h/plan/here-are-all-the-benefits-available-
to-senior-
citizens/articleshow/58655579.cms
Senior-Housing-Toolkit_The-Institute.pdf. (n.d.).
Retrieved September 28, 2019, from
http://www.nepahousing.org/wp-
content/uploads/2017/07/Senior-
Housing-Toolkit_The-Institute.pdfWHO.
(2000). Obesity: Preventing and
Managing the Global Epidemic. Geneva:
The World Health Organizatio
 Human response (perception and behavior) on the
material pallete of a built environment

Toraskar, Sanman

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: “We shape our buildings; and afterwards building shape us”, quoted by Winston Churchill, a British politician.
Architect works on an idea which results into buildings, over period of time people who live, work, play and act in that
space take a quality from built environment. Environment and energy created by space because of some factors such as
pattern and arrangement of elements, organization of spaces, quality of light and air, use of material has impact on human
psychology. This research focus on the impact of building materials on the human behaviour. The current architecture has
fully attention on the eyesight, but architecture can stimulate all of our senses. The study emphasizes on the visual and
tactile assessment or properties of a materials and its reflection of a human behaviour and perception.

Keywords: Affinity; Human perception; Senses in Architecture; Tactility

1. Introduction
Every environment creates impression in human
mind; today’s technology helps us to study
psychological condition of human brain and kind of
environment that people like or find stimulating. At
first second of entering into a space without seeing
elemental arrangement of space, that impression
shows dominant character of that space. People
experience space through all their senses: They see
the light character, elemental arrangement and
colours of a space, hear sound reflections, smell and
feel the properties of its materials. As it’s seen in
Contemporary architecture has dominance of
eyesight over other senses in process of designing
and evolution. Current architecture trends tens more
towards iconic and visually pleasing environment,
which can result into unbalanced sense system in
human. Dominance of sense of eyesight results into
repression of other senses and prevent The visual
way of “conceiving architecture” may be
considered as a strength of the design process by
the design research community (Cross, 1982;
Goldschmitt & Porter, 2004; Lawson, 2000), a
multisensory approach to design is more likely to
appeal to the building’s users.
2. Research and findings
To have a better influencing and stimulating
environment all the sense has to be taken into
consideration while designing a built space.
Ignorance of any sense because it doesn’t
have major impact create false perception. To
enhance the quality of space we need to consider all
the parameter of built and unbuilt space, which
could be amount and intensity of light, surrounding
topography, context, sound and odour generated by
surrounding outdoor and indoor activities.
The parameter on which material is assessed
are majorly visual and tactile aspects of that
material which includes property of material
stiffness, strength, porosity, density, thermal
absorption coefficient etc. These properties are
organized according to their mechanical, technical,
physical, optical, thermal nature. Sensorial aspects
are qualities that we experience through our senses.
These aspects can be measured in form of
properties as visual (reflectivity of surface, texture,
colour), tactile (Pattern of texture, density,
temperature), auditory (dampness, pitch) aspects.
The olfactory aspects are less obvious to be
described but also the smell of a material was
mentioned as an aspect that might influence the
experience of the final project and thus the choice
of materials. Where taste might be of importance in
the field of product design, it will have no
immediate significance in architecture.
Juhani pallasmaa Finnish architect; wrote a
book ‘The eyes of the skin- Architecture and the
senses’ in which he describes relation between the
environment and human sensorial assessment.
2.1. Tactility
The Earth Element- as Pallasmaa believes: Tactility
is more accurate than eyesight and is less exposed
to mistake. Tactility is the sense of closeness,
proximity and effect. Eye touches the distance but
tactility sees the closeness!
Tactility connects us with tradition and
time, generates image on your mind. Tactility
creates engagement between users and structure.
This engagement creates more Affinity in users
towards structure. Affinity is sense of self-
belongingness, which is creation of built
environment that sensible, identical, relatable for
users easily. Certain materials can create sense of
fear or complexity in built environment. Generation
of this emotions in human mind depends more on
parameters such as lifestyle of users, their
background, climatic condition of region,
architecture trend in that region.
“While the tactile space separates the
observer from the objects, the visual space
separates the objects from each other; the
perceptual world is guided by the touch, being more
immediate and welcoming than the world guided by
sight" (ZUMTHOR, Peter; Thinking Architecture,
2005). Smoothness and roughness, bumps and hard,
contact and touch, texture, weight, density, heat or
material temperature are related to the sense of
touch.
2.2. Vision
Eyesight isolates; Eyesight is directional
(externality). (Pallasmaa, 2011, p.38). Eyes always
track image and receive memory. What person see
when enters into an environment is arrangement of
elements, its repetition, colour of surfaces,
reflective character of surface (glossy, matt),
natural and artificial light, shadow.
Colour generates emotions in human mind.
In Navarasa nine expression that human shows and
react according to the situation. These nine
expression (bhava) are express in art form of
paintings, play, sculptures, music, and dance. In
Navarasa every expression can be represent by a
colour. Elements with similar or repeated distances
are known by eyes as beats or rhythms that
receiving them is similar to receiving the sound
from music by ear; Architecture is frigid music."
(Neufert 2010, p 31).
Fig. 1: Colors in Architecture
Source- archdaily, 2020
Red colour represents Rudra (anger) rasa,
can generates warmth, passion, consciousness,
alertness, excitement- these emotions. Light Pale
green represents stronger (love) rasa, whereas green
in architecture can creates emotions such as
refreshing, natural, calmness, guiltiness. Yellow
represents Adhbhuta (wonder) rasa which generates
cheerful, enlighten, highlighting environment. Blue
represents Bheebhastya (Disgust), in architecture
blue colour can create secure, relaxing, dignified
environment. Orange represents Veera (courage)
rasa which generates exciting, passion, jovial
spaces. Shanta (peace) can be represented by White
whereas it generates cleanliness, purity, lightness &
calmness in environment. Black represents
Bhayanka (fear) which generates ominous, grief,
royalty in space whereas grey represents Karuna
(compassion) heart-kindness, neutral to boring
environment. Hasya (joy) represented by white or
multicolour which can create lively, active,
cheering, joyful environment. This study shows that
there is relation between colours (visual aspect) in
human mind.
 The following experiment is carried out for activity
analysis behavior of brain according to the change
Concrete Stress reduction
in form and material of the structure. (Low-Carbon
Technology, volume 14, Issue 3, September Steel Creativity
2019) Wood Relaxation and
comfort
Geometric Brain Consciousness
Glass Creativity
shape/material status
Concrete Stress reduction Technology, volume 14, Issue 3, September 2019)
Steel Brain reduction
3. Conclusion
Wood Brain reduction
Environment creates image in human mind which
Glass Relaxation and affects its behavior, acceptability, workability,
comfort sleep appropriateness of space. The materials play very
important role in enhancing quality of space as it
Concrete Attention, focus and
has tactile, reflective, colour and texture, sound
activity absorption and taste. As Material is a matter from
Steel Attention, focus and which environment is made, its property has impact
activity on environment and human. This impact is
depending on parameters such as Acceptability
Wood Relaxation and
which is related to people (end-user) lifestyle, their
comfort background; Suitability- climatic response,
Glass Focus and receive appropriate application.
information To have better stimulating environment,
person should able experience the space through all
Concrete Learn depending on
the sense. Nature is best example as it stimulates all
memorize our senses.
Steel Brain reduction
Wood Focus and receive References
information Elbaiuomy, E., Hegazy, I., & Sheta, S. (2019). The
Glass Relaxation and impact of architectural spaces’ geometric forms
comfort and construction materials on the users’
brainwaves and consciousness status.
Concrete Learn depending on
International Journal of Low-Carbon
memorize Technologies, 14(3), 326–334.
Steel Showman waves— Pallasmaa juhani (2005). The Eye of the Skin.
activity and balance Skirvin, W. J., & Berman, M. L. (1973).
Wood Meditation and inner Architecture and Education: The Behavioral
Psychological Approach. Educational
peace
Technology, 13(12), 29–37. JSTOR.E. H.
Glass Creativity Miller, “A note on reflector arrays (Periodical
style—Accepted for publication),” IEEE Trans.
Concrete Brain reduction Antennas Propagat., to be published.
Steel Showman waves— Lisa Wastiels, Hendrik N. J. Schifferstein , Ine
activity and balance Wouters , and Ann Heylighen, Touching
Wood Meditation and inner Materials Visually: About the Dominance of
Vision in Building Material Assessment. (n.d.).
peace International Journal of Dsign. Retrieved March
Glass Attention, focus and 5, 2020.
 Understanding “eyes on the street” by analysing human
reactions in an indoor environment
Vartak, Tanvay

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract- Over around fifty years ago, writer and journalist Jane Jacobs famously studied and developed the concept of
“eyes on the street”. The study here focuses to understand the concept of eyes on the street for indoor environment and tries
to understand that if the people react differently with respect to different spaces. To understand how people reacts in different
indoor spaces when there are eyes around, a social experiment was carried out where a magazine and a ₹100 note were
placed at random locations inside the college campus and the reactions of the people were analyzed.

Keywords- eyes on the street, human behavioral pattern, indoor environment, social experiment

1. Introduction and tries to understand that if the people react

Cities are home to people which develop
relationships of their everyday experiences. The
quality of public spaces as well as the surrounding
environment determine how people use it. If these
spaces are accessible, attractive and safe, they can
inspire and promote various activities. When public
spaces are neglected, stingy and improperly lit,
people feel unsafe around these spaces and often
neglect those spaces. Over around fifty years ago,
writer and journalist Jane Jacobs famously studied
and developed the concept of “Eyes on the street”.
According to Jacobs, one of the main characteristics
of a thriving urban center is that people feel safe and
secure in public spaces, despite being among
complete strangers. (Pacheco, 2015)
The logic is simple: More the people on the streets,
the safer they become. Their “Eyes on the street”
provide informal observation of the urban
environment. For residents to move safely through
the streets, other people need to be present. Large
number of people entertain themselves by watching
street activities. According to Jacobs, “there must be
eyes upon the street, eyes belonging to those we
might call the natural proprietors of the street." And
hence if there are a greater number of people looking,
the crime rate decreases. But this was the case for
outdoor environment where the streets are filled with
people. The study here focuses to understand the
concept of eyes on the street for indoor environment
differently with respect to different spaces. (Embarq,
2017)
2. Methodology
In order to study the people’s behavioral pattern in
an indoor setting, a social experiment was conducted
on 26th August 2016 by the students of VIVA
School of Architecture under the guidance of Prof.
Khushbu Soni during the event "Walk Through", an
event for the subject Architectural Theory. A
magazine and a ₹100 note were place at 3 random
locations inside the college campus and the reactions
of the people were analyzed. The first location was
the near the staircase block in basement, 2nd location
was the classroom where the event was taking place
and 3rd location was the balcony of first year studio.
The magazine and the ₹100 note were placed
simultaneously at these locations at different time
slots, and the people passing around these objects in
Fig. 1. Noting the sample set during event.
ource- Author
that specific time slot were observed and their 3.2 Event 2
reaction was analyzed. The entire event was video
Location: Event venue 1st floor classroom
documented and the people were later informed that
Time: 10:30 a.m. – 2:00 p.m.
their reaction was observed and filmed.
Sample Size: 9
3. Observations Object: ₹ 100 Note
SAMPLE ACTION
The sample set that was analyzed were majorly Didn’t Noticed, Noticed, Observation
Noticed Ignored/ Kept for
students of age ranging from 18- 22 years. The event asked for self
took place with two different objects. Let’s first Sample 1
ownership
Didn’t noticed
analyze how people reacted when money was left Sample 2 Noticed- Ignored
unattended on the ground. Sample 3 Noticed - Picked up -Kept it
for himself/herself
Sample 4 Didn’t noticed
3.1 Event 1 Sample 5 Didn’t noticed
Sample 6 Didn’t noticed
Location: Event venue 1st floor classroom Sample 7 Noticed- asked whose money
it was.
Time: 8:45 a.m. – 10:30 a.m. Sample 8 Noticed - Picked up - Kept it
for himself/herself
Sample Size: 11 Sample 9 Noticed - Picked up - Kept it
Object: ₹ 100 Note for himself/herself
SAMPLE ACTI ON TOTAL No. of people didn’t notice –
Didn’t Noticed, Noticed, Observation Samples - 4
Noticed Ignored/ Kept for 9 4 2 3 No. of people noticed and
asked for self reacted- 5
ownership
Sample 1 Didn’t noticed
Sample 2 Didn’t noticed
Sample 3 Noticed - pointed it out and
Table 2: Action taken by the samples w.r.t money in the
informed other. afternoon. Source- Author
Sample 4 Didn’t noticed
Sample 5 Didn’t noticed
Sample 6 Noticed - Picked up –
returned to nearer person
Sample 7 Noticed - pointed it out and
informed other.
Sample 8 Noticed - Picked up –
returned to nearer person
Sample 9 Didn’t noticed
Sample 10 Didn’t noticed
Sample 11 Noticed – kept for himself
TOTAL No. of people didn’t notice –
Samples - 6
11 No. of people noticed and
6 4 1 asked for ownership – 4
No. of people noticed and
kept for self - 1

Table 1: Action taken by the samples w.r.t money in the

morning. Source- Author

S
Graph 1: Showing the % Fig. 2: Sample noticing and
of people that kept money picking up the money .
for self. Source- Author
Source- Author

From the above data one can find that as the day
Graph 2:Showing the % of Fig. 3. Sample asking for
progressed and the number of visitors to the event
people that asked for ownership of money reduced, the number of people that noticed the
ownership. Source- Author money and kept to self (3 out of 9) is more than that
Source- Author of the people that noticed and ignored/ asked for
From the above data it is observed that the number ownership of the money (2 out of 9).
of people that noticed the money and kept to self (1 3.3. Event 3
out of 11) is very much less than that of the people
that noticed, picked up and asked for ownership of Location: Basement staircase block near canteen
the money (4 out of 11). Time: 12:00 p.m. – 2:00 p.m.
Sample Size: 9 3.4 Event 4
Object: ₹ 100 Note.
Location: Balcony 1st year classroom
SAMPLE ACTION
Didn’t Noticed, Noticed, Observation
Time: 8:45 a.m. – 10:30 a.m.
Noticed Kept for Hesitant Sample Size: 12
self to keep
for self Object: Book
Sample 1 Didn’t noticed SAMPLE ACTION
Sample 2 Noticed - Picked up - Kept it for Didn’t Noticed, Noticed, Observation
himself/herself Noticed Ignored Kept for
Sample 3 Noticed - Picked up -Kept it for himself
himself/herself Sample 1 Didn’t noticed
Sample 4 Didn’t noticed Sample 2 Didn’t noticed
Sample 5 Didn’t noticed Sample 3 Didn’t noticed
Sample 6 Didn’t noticed Sample 4 Noticed and Ignored
Sample 7 Noticed - Picked up -Kept it for Sample 5 Didn’t noticed
himself/herself, hesitant Sample 6 Noticed and Ignored
Sample 8 Noticed - Picked up - Kept it for Sample 7 Didn’t noticed
himself/herself Sample 8 Noticed and Ignored
Sample 9 Noticed - Picked up - Kept it for Sample 9 Noticed and Ignored
himself/herself Sample 10 Didn’t noticed
Sample 11 Didn’t noticed
TOTAL No. of people didn’t notice – 4
Samples - No. of people noticed and Sample 12 Noticed - Picked up -
4 4 1 Kept it for
9 reacted- 5
himself/herself
TOTAL Samples No. of people didn’t
Table 3: Action taken by the samples w.r.t money in basement - 12 notice - 7
area.Source- Author No. of people noticed
7 4 1 and ignored - 4
No. of people noticed
and reacted - 1

Table 4: Action taken by the samples w.r.t book in balcony area.

Source- Author

Graph 3: Showing the Fig. 4. Sample picking up the

% of people that noticed money.
the money. Source- Author
Source- Author
When the location was changed (to
Table 5: Showing the Fig. 5. Sample ignoring the book.
basement) and a darker location where very few % of people that Source- Author
number of people pass by was selected for the noticed and reacted
study, the number of people that noticed the money w.r.t. book.
and kept to self (4 out of 9) was much more than that Source- Author
of the people that noticed and were hesitant to take From the above data one can find that the number of
the money (1 out of 9). people that noticed the book and ignored (4 out of
Now let’s analyze how people reacted when a 12) is considerately much more than that of the
magazine (book) was left unattended on the ground people that noticed and reacted (1 out of 12). When
at two different locations in the college campus i.e. the samples were being observed, there were not
the room where the event is taking place and at the much people around as the samples were entering the
balcony of first year studio. classroom through the balcony.
3.5 Event 5
Location: Event venue 1st floor classroom
Time: 10:30 a.m. – 2:00 p.m.
Sample Size: 18 sample sets were small, but it sure does state the
Object: Book traits of the people behavioral pattern when the
SAMPLE ACTION subjects and the surroundings change.
Didn’ Noticed, Noticed, Observation
t Ignored Kept on
Notic
ed
table Case 1.A: When the money is placed at random
Sample 1 Noticed and ignored locations in the class where the event “Walk
Sample 2
Sample 3
Noticed and ignored
Noticed and kept it on table
through” is taking place (event 1), there were
Sample 4 Noticed and kept it on table considerable number of people who were attending
Sample 5 Didn’t noticed
Sample 6 Noticed and ignored the event and roaming around. Hence there were a
Sample 7 Didn’t noticed large number of eyes wandering around the
Sample 8 Noticed and ignored
Sample 9 Noticed, asked and kept it on classroom. So, the people who noticed the ₹ 100 note
table
Sample 10 Didn’t noticed were seen to be hesitant to keep the money to
Sample 11 Didn’t noticed themselves and rather asked around for ownership of
Sample 12 Noticed and ignored
Sample 13 Noticed, looks around and money.
ignored
Sample 14 Didn’t noticed
If we compare it with the (Event 2), the
Sample 16 Didn’t noticed number of people attending the event were
Sample 17 Noticed and kept it on table
Sample 18 Didn’t noticed considerably less and hence a change in the
TOTAL No. of people didn’t notice - 7 statistical ratio was seen were lesser number of
Samples - No. of people noticed and
18
7 6 4
ignored - 6 people asked for ownership of the money.
No. of people noticed and
reacted - 4
Case 1.B: When the location was changed to
Table 6: Action taken by the samples w.r.t book in classroom. basement there were no people around the subject.
Source- Author
Hence the people who noticed the money kept for
themselves.

Table 8: Showing the % Fig. 6. Sample picking up the

book and placing it on the table.
of people that noticed and
Source- Author
reacted w.r.t. book.
Source- Author
When the location for the book was changed to the
classroom where the event was taking place, the
number of people that noticed the book and ignored
(6 out of 18) was more than that of the people that
noticed and reacted (4 out of 18).
4. Conclusion
Before concluding to any statement, one must
understand that even though the data that has been
evaluated after the observation of the sample set may
not comply to stronger justifiable evidences, as the
Table 7 Table showing the major traits shown by the people
w.r.t. object and space
Source- Author
Case 2: When the money was replaced with book,
(which probably had a lesser exchange value as
compared to ₹ 100 Note) the people even after seeing
the book lying on the floor, be it in the classroom
where the event was taking place or be it at the
balcony of the First year studio, tend to ignore the
book even after noticing it. When the book was
placed at the balcony of the first-year studio, there
were lesser eyes around and hence even after
noticing the book, people ignored it. Rather when it
was placed in the classroom where the event was
taking place, there were more eyes around and hence
a considerable increase in the number of people
noticing the book and either asking for ownership or
keeping it on the nearby table was seen.

References

Embarq. (2017). Four Ways Street Design Can

Increase Public Safety. Retrieved from
SmartCitiesDive:
https://www.smartcitiesdive.com/ex/sustain
ablecitiescollective/how-eyes-street-
contribute-public-safety/1081896/
Pacheco, P. (2015, June 11). How “Eyes on the
Street” Contribute to Public Safety.
Retrieved from TheCityFix:
https://thecityfix.com/blog/how-eyes-on-
the-street-contribute-public-safety-nossa-
cidade-priscila-pacheco-kichler/
 Understanding informal street markets in an urban scenario
Vartak, Tanvay

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract- The streets around the station areas, are often the busiest and a lot of activities take place here particularly the
evening informal street markets are one such element which adds character to the street. The study here tries to understand
how such streets evolve as street market by comparing it with another street market which is not in proximity to the station.
The study also tries to understand how those markets sustain. The paper focuses on the study of two informal street
markets of Bhayander (East), that were analyzed and compared.

Keywords- hawkers, human psychology, informal market, street market, vendors.

1. Introduction
Mumbai is connected vertically by the railways,
and these railway stations acts as the heart of the
city through which most of the people commute to
work. The railways run through the city like a river:
long & linear. (Abraham, 2013)
This lifeline of Mumbai acts as a catalyst for
the economic growth of the city as it helps the
working class to commute to their destined work
locations in a cheaper and faster way. But with the
age-old planning and haphazard development, the
areas around these stations are congested.
Generally, the drop-off, bus route, rickshaw stands
and the informal street vendors are all on the same
adjacent road of the station. The area around the
railway station is generally seen to be busy and
congested with various unorganized activities
happening throughout the day. These streets are
catering to a heavy pedestrian traffic and hence
most of the informal street activities take place
here. To study the informal street market, an
example of B.P. road, Bhayander (East), which is
one of the busiest streets of Bhayander is analysed
and compared with another street, (Indralok Phase 3
road) which is not in proximity to the station but
still sustains an informal street market.
2. Methodology
In order to study the two markets, it was essential to
understand the existing conditions of the streets of
Bhayander.
The process of research started from analyzing the
ever-increasing traffic congestions around these
streets. The process involved numerous site visits to
the street to understand the conflict zones, nodes of
maximum congestion, pedestrian activities,
vehicular congestion, etc. Various surveys,
photographs and visual observations were
formulated for the study.
3. Background
3.1. About Mira Bhayander
The city of Mira-Bhayandar constitutes the northern
most urban region of Salsette Island. The name
Mira-Bhayandar is an amalgamation of Mira and
Bhayandar which are the two most prominent
localities comprising the city. In olden times, the
area around Mira-Bhayandar was an important
trade centre owing to its proximity to the
Ghodbunder Port.
Municipal Council of Mira Bhayandar was
formed in June 1987 by merging 5 villages of
Bhayandar. As a result of industrial and population
growth, the Municipal Council was upgraded to a
Municipal Corporation in February 2002 (MBMC).
Recent population growth and a flurry of
construction has blurred the boundaries between
Bhayandar and neighbouring Mira Road on the east
side of the rail tracks, turning it into a populous
suburb.
The region has grown as a result of urban
sprawl of Mumbai and hence a number of multi-
storey residential complexes are coming up.
3.2. City Profile
Area: 79 km2
Population: 8,14,615 (2011)
Decadal growth: 57 %
Density: 10,000/km2
No of Motorized vehicles:
1,24,891 Cars/ Jeeps- 26,227 Two
Wheelers- 72,436
Rickshaws/Taxis- 6,244
Other Vehicles- 19,982
No. of Public Transport Authorities (and
vehicles): 6 (220)
(Dhage, 2015)
3.3. Issues of congestion
The city of Mumbai is connected vertically by the
railways, that run through the city like a river: long
& linear. This lifeline of Mumbai acts as a catalyst
to the economic growth of the city. But with the
age-old planning and haphazard development, the
areas around these stations are congested.
Generally, the drop-off, bus route, rickshaw stands
and the informal street vendors are all on the same
adjacent road of the station.
Due to the lack of infrastructural
development, informal market, parking on the roads
and informal public transport stand creates a lot of
havoc in and around the station area which results
in the issues like traffic congestion and unorganized
chaos.
Congestion rising in the cities is leading to
rise in fuel wastage, environmental pollution,
reduced free mobility, city efficiency and falling
quality of life. Its main cause is growing imbalance
in the use of the road space and its misuse. The use
of high capacity public transport is reducing.
Roadside shops are encroaching the footpaths, and
a part of footpath is encroached by the hawkers and
vendors. The sides of the streets are occupied by the
parking vehicles and hence the pedestrian is forced
to walk on the carriage way. Poor road quality,
inadequate drainage, indiscriminate cutting of road
by the utility agencies is another agent for
congestion.
The number of vehicles on road is growing
exponentially at a rate faster than the growth of
urban population. 54.9 million in 2001 to 141
million in 2011 the city has seen an outburst of
vehicles in the past few decades. India is 2nd in the
concentration of two wheelers whereas the share of
the buses has exponentially declined in the last
decade.
3.4. Managing Congestion
3.4.1. Can congestion be managed by stopping the
misuse of available road by encroachment and
restoring the carriage way?
3.4.2. The footpath should be dedicated to its
legitimate users, i.e. the pedestrians.
3.4.3. The street cross section needs to be
reorganized to promote use of non-motor able
transport (NMT) and public transport.
3.4.4. The missing link between the roads should be
focused upon. The road widths are sufficient it just
needs reorganisation.
(Singal, 2018)
4. Observation
4.1 The hawker’s street
With the increase in the population, there is an
increase in the demand for the essentials. The
already crowded streets are occupied by the
hawkers generally in the evening time. So far, there
have been many attempts by the municipal
government to relocate/ remove these hawkers, but
this is a timely solution as the hawkers tend to
reoccupy the street as soon as the officials leave
until they arrive again.
The hawkers mainly cater the middle and the
low-income population of the city as the overhead
costs for running these businesses is cheap as well
as the goods sold here are of cheap quality, and
hence their prices are low as compared to shops. As
the middle and the low-income group constitute
almost 65% of the urban population in India, they
continue to support the hawkers. Therefore, the
hawkers in a way are essential part of the economy
of a city and their physical dislocation would only
result in the hardship of the local people who
depend upon them.
On the other hand, hawkers are a hindrance if we
look from the transportation point of view as it
would hamper the smooth flow of traffic as they
occupy the pedestrian space, forcing the people to
walk on the street. This result in the slower
movement of the vehicles as well as it increases the
risk of accidents. Thus, the hawkers are an
economic necessity of the region and removal of Fig. 2. Analyzing the street
them is not a solution, but only a temporary relief. Source- Author
Street hawkers and vendors have become an
4.3. Dynamism of the street
inevitable part of the daily life in Mumbai. The
low-income working population find it convenient The areas around the railway streets are the most
and cheaper to buy goods from these hawkers on dynamic streets which tend to shape its character
their way back to home from work. (Apte, 2013) throughout the day.
A number of activities associated directly or
indirectly with the railway station tend to happen in
4.2. The people’s street and around these streets, which tend to make them
the busiest streets of the city.
If you took a walk along the street probably during The dynamism of the street due to everyday human
the dawn, it would seem like any other street of the activities, festivals, carnivals give them a character
city, people walking towards the station, picking up and identity.
newspaper, milk, bread. But as the day progresses,
the street blends into a completely different
character, with the shops taking over the footpath,
people walking on the road and rickshaw drivers
quarrelling at each other. And the fabric gets denser
more and more during the evening as the street
hawkers occupy the streets and the pedestrian
walking even further on the streets leaving only a
small margin of space for the vehicular movement.

Fig. 3. Layers of mapping

Source- Author
The question here arises; how does a street market
arise? What are the factors that help the street market
to form in the first place and later sustain? There have
Fig. 1. Street division been instances when the local governing body had
Source- Author
tried to relocate these street vendors to a planned
outset in the proximity to a residential
zone, but even after such attempts, they failed.
Even the weekly patrolling MBMC towing vans
does not provide a stable solution to these issues.
The street of B.P. road is one such street
where a number of informal street vendors tend to
sell their items at cheaper prices.
If we try to analyse the street via the section,
we could see that the footpath is covered by the
street vendors, there are cars parked in the street
and the pedestrians walk even further on the street.
Fig. 4. Schematic Plan and section
Source- Author
4.5. The other street
Let's consider the example of Indralok Phase 3
road. If we take a walk through the street in the
morning, the scene is quite similar to any other
street. There are two rickshaw stands. One at the
om shanti chowk and another at the phase 3 chowk.
A number of residential complexes have emerged
around the phase 3 and around in the past decade.
The roads are wide. The master plan on this section
of the city is well planned in grid blocks with all
the amenities that a neighbourhood requires.
The Balasaheb Thackeray ground, which was
earlier conceived to be a senior citizens park is now
one of the largest grounds which acts as a multi-
purpose ground hosting a number of events like
Mira Bhayandar art fest, Malvani- Konkani fun
fairs, and various sports events of the city. This
section of the city acts as a self-sustaining
neighbourhood. The municipal corporation has
worked upon providing amenities such as
multipurpose hall, sports complex with
international standards and even a market building.
But even after all this planned streets and
dedication building for market, one still finds a
number of street hawkers and vendors on the either
sides of the street. They are predominantly on the
right-hand side as we walk towards the Balasaheb
Thackeray ground/ Meena Tai market building. It is
probably because the footfall/ pedestrian traffic on
that side of the road is more as the rickshaw drop-
off for the people residing here is on the Indralok
Naka and then the rickshaw further goes towards
golden nest signal. This sector of the city is newly
developed with a number of new residential
projects coming up recently.
Let's understand what led to the formation of
a street market on the Indralok phase 3 road. Earlier
there were not many people residing here. The new
golden nest was simultaneously growing up. Hence
the route of the public transport particularly the
auto rickshaw would be from Vimal dairy to
Indralok Naka and then taking a right turn towards
new golden nest, not catering to the people of
Indralok Phase 3. So, people residing in Indralok
phase 3 would get down at Indralok Naka and later
taking a walk of almost 5-8 min to reach their
home. If one closely analysis where the street
vendors set up their stalls, one would find that they
generally set up where there is a greater pedestrian
traffic so as to earn the nominal income to suffice
their family needs. If the street vendor finds that
there are not a lot of people he is catering to, he
would often relocate himself to a denser street.
Let's understand it from the buyer’s
perspective. If you wish to buy a new shirt, where
Fig. 5. Analyzing street 2
Source- google maps
would you generally go? To a shop that's isolated
on the way to your home or to the one on the
shopper’s street where you find a number of
choices. This strategy is often used by the business
owners to establish their business where the similar
genre of activities is going on. Similar is the case
here, which results in the growth of the similar kind
of street vending zones. One guy sets up his
vegetable stall, initially people are hesitant to buy
from him, basically for two reasons, the limitation
of choices and the monopoly of the vendor in terms
of the selling price of the items. Hence the people
tend to rather visit the day markets or dedicated
market zones.

5. Conclusion

When the street 1 (B.P. road) was analyzed, it was

perceived that the informal street market often tend
to set up near station areas as there are no
provisions for a formal market, but when the street
2 (Indralok Phase 3 road) was compared with it, it
was found that even after proper infrastructural
development and adequate amenities, the informal
market come into existence as an opportunity of
source of income for a vendor with a limited
resource investment. These informal markets
develop where there is greater pedestrian traffic so
as to earn maximum profit. The low-income
working population find it convenient and cheaper
to buy goods from these hawkers on their way back
to home from work and hence even after several
attempts by the local governing body to take down
those markets, they tend to sustain and re-evolve on
those busy, pedestrian oriented streets.

References

(n.d.). Retrieved from

http://maps.thefullwiki.org/Bhayandar
Abraham, A. (2013). Velocity 2013. Retrieved
from The Bombay Greenway Project:
http://velo-
city2013.com/?page_id=2337&project_i
d=207
Apte, P. M. (2013). Urban Growth Strategies.
Bandra: Platinum Press.
Dhage, V. (2015). Multi Model Integration of
Bus Services With. Mira Bhayander:
Urban Mobility India.
MBMC. (2009). Environmental Status
Report. Mira Bhayander: Enviro
Analysts & Engineers.
Singal, B. I. (2018). Public Transport Planning .
UP: Copal Publishing Group.
 Psychology of learning environment in built and unbuilt
spaces in congested urban context

Vengurlekar, Anushree

VIVA School of Architecture

Abstract: The learning environment has changed with the changing time. Student engagement is of increasing importance
as several factors combine to reshape the learning environment for higher education. The areas of psychology that relate
most directly to classroom design and learning environments are environmental, educational, human factors, and social
psychology. This paper explores the concerns of students in the universities they study in. The study aims to investigate the
students experience within the campus and how architecture plays a major role in influencing the learning environment for
students.

Keywords: collaborative study, individual study, learning environment, outdoor-indoor learning, student inviting, student’s
psychology.

1. Introduction
Learning takes place not just within four walls but
it is something that happens inside the whole
campus. It can take place in lecture halls, in front of
a computer screen or even underneath a tree.
Learning spaces are those spaces where the students
learn from each other, they interact, collaborate,
learn from the things happening around and solve
the real life problems.
“Learning environment” are generally designed
based on certain learning activities, namely:
Individual study, collaborative group study, and
workshop spaces and breakout lecture. Each of
these has specific needs in terms of space,
configurations, technologies, furniture, acoustics,
and lighting. For example, individual study areas
define intimate spaces designed for individual
learning and critical thinking. Collaborative group
study areas have flexible spaces for group learning
and collaboration.
Workshop areas focus on exploration and testing,
similar to a science lab. Breakout lecture areas
include gathering spaces intended for short
discussions and distant learning. An effective
learning environment can be an environment where
a student can easily transition from a classroom to
other rooms or maybe from an enclosed class to an
open air studying area. It would focus on spaces
where teachers interact with more than one class at
a time, evoking a greater sense of community and
communication between learning areas.
2. Current scenario
Looking at the scenario of the educational
campuses in South Bombay sometimes called
SoBo, one would just go to the schools for
attendance or maybe for the daily lectures.
However, the learning environment of most of the
institutes here fails in evoking the active spirit
among the students. The entire SoBo is filled with
the city’s main commercial areas, fancy glass
towers, slums and business localities. On every
nook of the street there are residential dwellings
and other markets piled up. Every day, around a
dozen people overcrowd the Mumbai locals, as they
struggle to get to work. South Bombay has
historically relied on a series of band-aids to
overcome repeated bruising to its infrastructure.
The educational campuses are built on the
congested vacant spaces that pop up between the
commercial and residential dwellings. The roads
outside these campuses are moreover treated like a
spill over for the college students. The congested
infrastructure has a very less space to accommodate
the requirements of the educational campuses in
south Bombay.
This study investigated the psychology of
educational institution of South Bombay and their
perceptions for their institutions’ learning
environments. Students responded more positively
for student cohesion, library resources and open air
learning. The majority of students were satisfied
with their universities’ environment. While some
responded that rather than sitting inside the air
conditioned classrooms they needed a better
environment for learning. The learning environment
on campus plays an important role in students’
progressive graph and in their general satisfaction.
A positive learning environment may become a
place where students love to learn, a place they seek
out when they wish to learn, and a place they
remember fondly when they reflect on their
learning experiences. On the other hand, the
students also mentioned about adequate library
resources, social interaction spaces and interesting
learning areas.
3. Student’s Psychology
The case study chosen was SASMIRA, a Fashion
Institute situated in the heart of the Mumbai city
Worli. The institute is about 15-20 minutes from
Dadar station considering the usual traffic on the
way. There was public transport till SASMIRA
road. Since the institution is a well-known institute
in South Bombay studying the campus environment
of the institute was very helpful. The students of
SASMIRA College when asked about their
educational campus had several responses. They
got the best educational facilities in terms of
laboratories and well air-conditioned classrooms.
They had the Pilot plant that was rarely found in
any of the fashion institutes of South Bombay.
Their well-equipped laboratories made their
institute admired by many. The practical knowledge
of the machineries helped them learn about the
advanced technologies used for textile production.
All these commendable things of the institute are
totally the basic requirements of any institute in
today’s world. But what about thinking on the other
way round? Do these requirements are the only
basic necessity required by the students today? Is
learning bound only between these enclosed rooms?
Well seeing the overpopulated SoBo and the land
scarcity in the area these are the only facilities
possible here.
Fig 1. Sasmira Institute
Source: Author
The surroundings of SASMIRA are flocked up with
business centers, offices and extravagant towers.
The roads adjoining SASMIRA is mobbed the
whole day as the area has more offices and thus
more working people passing by. The entrance
porch was treated as an informal area where the
students were sitting on the steps.The area was used
for informal learning and students used the entrance
steps for group gatherings between their lecture
breaks. Due to space congestion there was no area
for vehicular parking, the vehicles were parked
outside the institute on the main road. Despite of
space inefficiency and lack of open spaces for
learning and parking there was a new construction
going on adjoining the institute which would be a
part of the existing institute and would be dedicated
for fashion education.
Fig 2. Resource center of sasmira institute
Source: Author
When questioned about the library, students
informed that it fulfills the need for a quiet work
space, but not, on the whole, a place for group
works, eating or just relaxing between classes. The
students of sasmira needed a place inside the
campus where they can sit and learn in an open
environment, a place that can accommodate group
of people learning together, and a place that is not
just inside a closed building mass but where they
can sit and learn from their surroundings and
explore the things that would boost creativity
among them. The institute wasn’t just for fashion
education but it also included other courses. As the
institute had multiple courses the number of
students was also large. Comparing to the large
number of people the students weren’t satisfied
with the size of the canteen area. They had very less
or no space to sit and they just had to take away
their food and return to their classrooms. As meals
bring people together it should be a place which
must foster a sense of community among the
students. It should be a place where the students can
have their meal, relax, do group discussions or even
use it for sitting peacefully to complete their notes.
What an effective learning environment would be is
a place where the students feel that the place
belongs to them, a space that is student inviting, and
a place where the students aren’t forced to walk
in.
Fig3. Canteen area of educational campus
Source: Times of India
Based on these findings, it was necessary to create a
space belonging to students for the range of
informal activities they engage in on campus
including: private study, group work, socializing,
preparing meals and running a range of cohort
events, including student‐led exhibitions and
industry events. Campus architecture has a direct
impact on the student’s psychology.
The relation of outdoor and indoor spaces plays
a vital role in educational campuses. A campus
should encompass diverse open spaces to satisfy
different purposes. The open spaces provide a sense
of direction in a campus by integrating and
organizing different activities there in. They also
provide an aesthetic sense by introducing visual
surprises. Many students do not have the
opportunity to go to open spaces for social events.
Providing open spaces build a sense of community
and tolerance that in turn provides the support for a
flourishing campus life in an increasingly
multicultural world.
The relaxing outdoor atmosphere encourages
informal learning, meetings, group discussions and
helps in relieving students stress. Such open
environment can stimulate creative expression. The
informal outdoor learning space utilizes natural
light; enables connectivity; are much comfortable
and functional. During social events, these open
spaces can be used by the students for group
gatherings. An open space also provides space for
outdoor leisure activities. These spaces are more
students inviting and can be used by both
individuals and groups of different sizes for
studying, socializing, or working on collaborative
projects and interactive learning.
Fig 4. Informal learning space
Source: Illawarra mercury
Classrooms are the main rooms that are occupied
almost for half time of a day. These are the spaces
where studying, teaching and exchanging of ideas take
place. Along with developing teaching and learning
techniques classrooms should support changing
learning and teaching styles. Flexible use of
classrooms should be promoted where traditional
teaching along with virtual learning happens at the
same place. Facility of air conditioning for necessary
classrooms and labs should be provided. In
requirement of natural ventilation, the classrooms can
be oriented facing the courtyards that are a form of
open space surrounded by buildings. Courtyards
produce natural stimulation via offering scenery and
views for surrounding buildings. It produces a visual
connection between classrooms and the outdoor
spaces. Window views can effectively facilitate
restoration for indoor users. Moreover, visual
connection with open spaces would lead to active use
of open spaces. This
maintains a balance between the built and unbuilt
environment within the campus. The learning
spaces should be quite coherent and legible. They
should make perfect sense to those who expect to
sit, facing forward, and listen quietly.
Studying the campus of National Institute of
Fashion Technology (NIFT) at Hauz Khas, New
Delhi, designed by B.V. Doshi is a perfect example
for studying the student inviting spaces. The building
blocks are concentrated around a central space that
generates activity and creating lively environment.
The central area has a stepped kund that reflects the
traditional architecture. This space has diverse
activities happening. The series of steps with seating
at various levels from the entrance plaza gives an
informal atmosphere to the area. Students use the
space for leisure activities, private studying or for
social events. There is a ramp that passes through the
kund. This ramp is used for fashion walks on
occasional events and the student’s sit on the steps to
watch the event that is going on. Thus the place is
perceived as a space that
belongs to the students themselves.
Fig 5. Stepped kund
Source: getmyuni
The bridge connecting classroom to administration
is caged in glass. It creates a transition while
walking from the classrooms to the admin block.
Diffused light entering the glass creates a dynamic
space. The bridge overlooks the sunken court and
the activities happening there. As the fashion events
take place on the ramp, one can see the fashion
walks not just by sitting on the stepped kund but
also from the glass bridge. This interrelationship
between indoor and outdoor space helped in
occupying all the areas by the students and
generated activity in the campus.
Fig 6. Glass Bridge
Source: getmyuni
4. Conclusion
The built and unbuilt learning atmosphere has a
profound impact on student’s mind and well-being.
After understanding the student’s psychology, it is
clear that students need spaces that they feel they
belong to. Rather than just sitting inside an
enclosed classroom they need spaces to socialize, to
interact and an environment that evokes positive
energy among them. However, considering the
congested urban context there is no space or very
less space for adding on such student inviting areas.
Thus the students in such areas find it as a routine
to attend the institutes to get their specified degrees
but do not feel a belongingness to their campuses.
References
Stevens & Wilkinson. (December 07, 2016).
Architectural Innovations for Immersive
Learning Environments in K-12 Schools. THE
Journal of the AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF
ARCHITECTS.
Lukas, K. (2018, November 2). Belonging in Space:
Informal Learning Spaces and the Student
Experience. Journal of Learning Spaces,
Volume 7, pp. 12-20.
Latifi, A. (2019, june 12). Outdoor learning pods a
hit with UOW students. Mercury news.
Lau, S. S. (2014, December). Healthy campus by
open space design: Approaches and guidelines.
Frontiers of Architectural Research,Volume 3,
Issue 4, pp. 452-467.
CONCLUSION

Architectural Discourse is a collective endeavour put forth by the students as an attempt to

achieve an understanding of research papers and levels of study required to write one. This
attempt also enabled them to successfully produce a research paper as an end result which
proved to be of great use to them in many ways.

A lot of effort has undergone into the making of this journal as various aspects such as
authenticity, analysis, formatting, editing, designing and comprehension of the entire process
from start to end had to be done. As it is rightly said, there are ways and means to everything.
The study of a topic gives students the opportunity to delve into interesting research for greater
depth of learning. Through this research an individual comes across various fragments involved
within the study. These intellects help the individual to acquire an in detail insight of the same
before developing his/her own perspective about it. This exercise not only helped the students to
identify various aspects of their topics but also assisted them in carrying out the methodology of
conducting a research. They were able to jot down numerous findings related to their research
paper which in turn made way for applying it in the design scheme.

Along with the comprehension of the process of research, every student could also procure a
paper based on the study conducted by them. They managed to indulge in the process which
made room for a wider scope of refining their thinking capabilities and make up a good research
out of it. In all, the assignment was interesting, making one curious to learn as much, relevance
of it in the actual design and making it viable in true sense
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

The progress of this journal took place under the supervision of our Principal and also the subject
in charge, Prof. Chakor A. Mehta. I would like to express my gratitude to sir for giving us an
opportunity to work on this and also for introducing this exercise to the class.

I would also like to extend my sincere thanks to Prof. Khushbu Soni for her guidance with the
research format, editing of the journal and support at all levels of study. These contributions have
required a generous amount of time and effort.

I would like to appreciate the assistance provided by my classmates who have worked promptly
on this journal in various teams such as editing, formatting and designing. I am also thankful to
all my classmates for their willingness to share knowledge and special insights of the research
that has made this journal possible.

I hope this journal proves to be an informative and knowledgeable delight to the reader as well as
the writer.

Anooj Ajay Pradhan

Class Representative (Fifth Year B. Arch)

INDEX